WO2024148490A1 - Information sending method, information receiving method, repeater, and network device - Google Patents
Information sending method, information receiving method, repeater, and network device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2024148490A1 WO2024148490A1 PCT/CN2023/071455 CN2023071455W WO2024148490A1 WO 2024148490 A1 WO2024148490 A1 WO 2024148490A1 CN 2023071455 W CN2023071455 W CN 2023071455W WO 2024148490 A1 WO2024148490 A1 WO 2024148490A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- information
- time domain
- information field
- domain resource
- indicated
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
- H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
- H04W72/232—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal the control data signalling from the physical layer, e.g. DCI signalling
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0613—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
- H04B7/0615—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
- H04B7/0617—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal for beam forming
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0686—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission
- H04B7/0695—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission using beam selection
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/02—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
- H04B7/04—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
- H04B7/06—Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
- H04B7/0686—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission
- H04B7/0695—Hybrid systems, i.e. switching and simultaneous transmission using beam selection
- H04B7/06952—Selecting one or more beams from a plurality of beams, e.g. beam training, management or sweeping
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/14—Relay systems
- H04B7/15—Active relay systems
- H04B7/155—Ground-based stations
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/14—Relay systems
- H04B7/15—Active relay systems
- H04B7/155—Ground-based stations
- H04B7/15528—Control of operation parameters of a relay station to exploit the physical medium
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04B—TRANSMISSION
- H04B7/00—Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
- H04B7/14—Relay systems
- H04B7/15—Active relay systems
- H04B7/155—Ground-based stations
- H04B7/15528—Control of operation parameters of a relay station to exploit the physical medium
- H04B7/15542—Selecting at relay station its transmit and receive resources
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
- H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
- H04W72/046—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource the resource being in the space domain, e.g. beams
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
- H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
- H04W72/23—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal
- H04W72/231—Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal the control data signalling from the layers above the physical layer, e.g. RRC or MAC-CE signalling
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
- H04W72/044—Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
- H04W72/0446—Resources in time domain, e.g. slots or frames
Definitions
- the present application relates to the field of communication technology.
- 5G (fifth generation mobile communication technology) systems can provide larger bandwidth and higher data rates, and can support more types of terminals and vertical services.
- 5G systems are also deployed on new spectrum, which has significantly higher frequencies than the traditional telecommunication spectrum used by 3G and 4G systems.
- 5G systems can be deployed in the millimeter wave band (28GHz, 38GHz, 60GHz and above, etc.).
- 5G systems need cell coverage enhancement methods more than previous 3G and 4G systems, especially 5G systems deployed in the millimeter wave frequency band. How to better enhance the cell coverage of 5G systems has become an urgent problem to be solved.
- RF repeaters are widely used in the actual deployment of 3G systems and 4G systems.
- an RF repeater is a device that amplifies and forwards the signals between devices in the RF domain.
- RF repeaters are a type of non-regenerative relay node that simply amplifies and forwards all received signals.
- the inventors have found that one of the feasible solutions to the coverage problems encountered in the deployment of 5G systems is to use traditional RF repeaters to enhance coverage.
- the forwarding behavior of traditional RF repeaters is not controlled by network devices, on the one hand, the effect of amplifying and forwarding the target signal may not be ideal. On the other hand, it may cause significant interference to other devices in the network, increase the noise and interference level of the system, and thus reduce network throughput.
- the 5G system adopts a more advanced and complex MIMO (multiple-input and multiple-output) technology.
- directional antennas become basic components of network devices and terminal devices, and sending and receiving signals based on beamforming technology is the basic signal transmission method in the 5G system.
- the (analog) beam direction, width, etc. of network devices and terminal devices may change dynamically (that is, beam switching) due to factors such as position changes.
- the antenna of a traditional RF repeater cannot dynamically adjust its direction and has a wide beam.
- the beam direction and beam width of its transceiver antenna cannot flexibly match the location of the base station and terminal device and the dynamic changes of the beam direction and width of the transceiver antenna.
- a RF repeater When such a RF repeater is configured in a 5G system, on the one hand, it may not have a significant performance/effect of amplifying/enhancing the target signal due to the mismatch between the beam direction and beam width of its transceiver antenna and the dynamic changes of the beam direction and width of the transceiver antenna of the network device and the terminal device. On the other hand, it may cause significant interference to other devices (e.g. network devices or terminal devices) within a larger range due to the use of a wider transmission beam, thereby increasing the noise and interference level of the entire system and reducing the network throughput.
- the network device there is currently no method for the network device to control the forwarding behavior of the repeater.
- an embodiment of the present application provides an information sending method, an information receiving method, a repeater and a network device.
- a network device including:
- a sending unit receives downlink control information sent by a network device, wherein the downlink control information is in a first DCI format, and the downlink control information includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing.
- a repeater including:
- a receiving unit sends downlink control information to a repeater, wherein the downlink control information is in a first DCI format, and the downlink control information includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing.
- a communication system comprising: the repeater of the aforementioned aspect and/or the network device of the aforementioned aspect.
- the beam of the repeater can be indicated through the DCI in the first DCI format, and the beam of the repeater can be controlled by the network device so that the beam of the repeater when forwarding (forwarding downlink/uplink signals) can match the beam of the terminal device that receives/sends the signal, thereby improving the effect of amplifying/enhancing the signal, while reducing interference to other devices in the network and improving network throughput.
- FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a method for sending information according to an embodiment of the present application.
- 3A to 3G are schematic diagrams of corresponding relationships of an embodiment of the present application.
- 4A to 4G are schematic diagrams of corresponding relationships in embodiments of the present application.
- 5A to 5D are schematic diagrams of corresponding relationships in an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG6 is an example diagram of a CORESET configuration according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between a PDCCH and physical resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a method for a network device and a repeater to transmit a DCI in a first DCI format according to an embodiment of the present application
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a method for a network device to send a DCI in a first DCI format to a forwarder according to an embodiment of the present application
- FIG10 is an example diagram of mapping modulation symbols to physical resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B are two example diagrams of PDCCH DMRS in the case of broadband mapping and narrowband mapping according to an embodiment of the present application;
- FIG12 is a schematic diagram of an information receiving method according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG13 is a schematic diagram of a PDCCH candidate according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG14 is a schematic diagram of information transmission according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG15 is a schematic diagram of a repeater according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG16 is a schematic diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the terms “first”, “second”, etc. are used to distinguish different elements from the title, but do not indicate the spatial arrangement or time order of these elements, etc., and these elements should not be limited by these terms.
- the term “and/or” includes any one and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed terms.
- the terms “comprising”, “including”, “having”, etc. refer to the existence of the stated features, elements, components or components, but do not exclude the existence or addition of one or more other features, elements, components or components.
- the term “communication network” or “wireless communication network” may refer to a network that complies with any of the following communication standards, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE), enhanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA), and the like.
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- LTE-A enhanced Long Term Evolution
- WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
- HSPA High-Speed Packet Access
- communication between devices in the communication system may be carried out according to communication protocols of any stage, such as but not limited to the following communication protocols: 1G (generation), 2G, 2.5G, 2.75G, 3G, 4G, 4.5G and future 5G, New Radio (NR), etc., and/or other communication protocols currently known or to be developed in the future.
- 1G generation
- 2G 2.5G
- 2.75G 3G
- 4G 4G
- 4.5G and future 5G
- NR New Radio
- the term "network device” refers to, for example, a device in a communication system that connects a terminal device to a communication network and provides services for the terminal device.
- the network device may include, but is not limited to, the following devices: base station (BS), access point (AP), transmission reception point (TRP), broadcast transmitter, mobile management entity (MME), gateway, server, radio network controller (RNC), base station controller (BSC), etc.
- Base stations may include but are not limited to: NodeB (NodeB or NB), evolved NodeB (eNodeB or eNB) and 5G base station (gNB), IAB host, etc., and may also include remote radio heads (RRH, Remote Radio Head), remote radio units (RRU, Remote Radio Unit), relays or low-power nodes (such as femto, pico, etc.).
- RRH Remote Radio Head
- RRU Remote Radio Unit
- relays or low-power nodes such as femto, pico, etc.
- base station may include some or all of their functions, and each base station may provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area.
- the term "cell” may refer to a base station and/or its coverage area, depending on the context in which the term is used.
- the term "user equipment” refers to, for example, a device that accesses a communication network through a network device and receives network services, and may also be referred to as "terminal equipment” (TE).
- the terminal equipment may be fixed or mobile, and may also be referred to as a mobile station (MS), a terminal, a user, a subscriber station (SS), an access terminal (AT), a station, and the like.
- Terminal devices may include but are not limited to the following devices: cellular phones, personal digital assistants (PDA, Personal Digital Assistant), wireless modems, wireless communication devices, handheld devices, machine-type communication devices, laptop computers, cordless phones, smart phones, smart watches, digital cameras, etc.
- PDA personal digital assistants
- wireless modems wireless communication devices
- handheld devices machine-type communication devices
- laptop computers cordless phones
- smart phones smart watches, digital cameras, etc.
- the terminal device can also be a machine or device for monitoring or measuring, such as but not limited to: machine type communication (MTC) terminal, vehicle-mounted communication terminal, device-to-device (D2D) terminal, machine-to-machine (M2M) terminal, and the like.
- MTC machine type communication
- D2D device-to-device
- M2M machine-to-machine
- existing services or future services can be transmitted between the network device and the terminal device.
- these services may include but are not limited to: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), massive machine type communication (mMTC), highly reliable and low latency communication (URLLC) and vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, etc.
- eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
- mMTC massive machine type communication
- URLLC highly reliable and low latency communication
- V2X vehicle-to-everything
- Traditional repeaters do not have the ability to communicate with network devices. Therefore, although traditional repeaters can help enhance signal strength, they are not flexible enough to cope with complex environmental changes. Deploying traditional repeaters in 5G networks (especially in high-frequency 5G networks) may cause unnecessary interference to other network devices and/or terminal devices, thereby reducing the transmission efficiency of the entire network (for example, throughput). In order to make the forwarding of repeaters more flexible to adapt to the characteristics of 5G networks, network devices need to assist repeaters and be able to configure the forwarding of repeaters according to network conditions.
- NCR network-controlled repeater
- FIG1 is a schematic diagram of an NCR of an embodiment of the present application.
- NCR 102 is configured between a network device 101 and a terminal device 103.
- NCR 102 may include the following two modules/components: a mobile terminal (NCR-MT) of the repeater and a forwarding unit (NCR-Fwd) of the repeater; NCR-Fwd may also be referred to as a routing unit (NCR-RU) of the NCR.
- NCR-MT is used to communicate with the network device (interact information), and NCR-Fwd is used to forward signals between the network device and the terminal device.
- NCR-MT and NCR-Fwd are functional entities, and their functions may be implemented by the same or different hardware modules.
- the NCR of the embodiment of the present application may have three links: a control link (control link, C-link), a backhaul link (or backhaul link, BH link) for forwarding, and an access link (access link, AC link, also known as NCR-UE link).
- C-link is used for communication between NCR and network equipment.
- BH link is used for the forwarder to receive a signal to be forwarded from the network equipment, or to forward a signal from the terminal equipment to the network equipment.
- AC link is used for the forwarder to forward a signal from the network equipment to the terminal equipment, or to receive a signal to be forwarded from the terminal equipment.
- NCR-MT communicates with the network equipment through C-link; NCR-Fwd forwards signals through BH link and AC link.
- a repeater can communicate with a network device, and the repeater can receive a communication channel/signal sent by the network device, and demodulate/decode the channel/signal, thereby obtaining information sent by the network device to the repeater.
- the signal processing process is hereinafter referred to as "communication”.
- the repeater can also forward a channel/signal transmitted between a network device and a terminal device.
- the repeater does not demodulate/decode the channel/signal, but can perform amplification and other processing.
- the signal processing process is hereinafter referred to as "forwarding".
- "Communication” and “forwarding” are collectively referred to as "transmission”.
- sending or receiving on an AC (or BH) link can be equivalent to “forwarding on an AC (or BH) link
- sending or receiving on a control link can be equivalent to "communicating on a control link”.
- the above terms are for convenience of explanation only and do not constitute a limitation on the present application.
- sending unit can be interchangeable with “forwarding behavior”.
- the repeater can also be expressed as a network controlled repeater (NCR), a repeater, a RF repeater, a repeater, a RF repeater; or it can also be expressed as a repeater node, a repeater node, a repeater node; or it can also be expressed as an intelligent repeater, an intelligent repeater, an intelligent repeater, an intelligent repeater node, an intelligent repeater node, an intelligent repeater node, etc., but the present application is not limited to this.
- NCR network controlled repeater
- the network device may be a device of the service cell of the terminal device, or a device of the cell where the repeater is located, or a device of the service cell of the repeater, or a parent node (Parent node) of the repeater.
- the present application does not impose any restriction on the name of the repeater. As long as the device can realize the above functions, it is included in the scope of the repeater of the present application.
- the high-level signaling may be, for example, radio resource control (RRC) signaling;
- RRC signaling may include, for example, an RRC message (RRC message), for example, a master information block (MIB), system information (system information), a dedicated RRC message; or an RRC information element (RRC information element, RRC IE); or an information field included in an RRC message or an RRC information element (or an information field included in an information field).
- RRC signaling may also be, for example, a media access control layer (Medium Access Control, MAC) signaling; or a MAC control element (MAC control element, MAC CE).
- MAC media access control layer
- MAC control element MAC control element
- a plurality refers to at least two, or two or more.
- predefined means that it is specified by the protocol or determined according to the rules specified by the protocol, and no additional configuration is required.
- Configuration/indication refers to the direct or indirect configuration/indication of the network device through high-level signaling and/or physical layer signaling.
- Physical layer signaling refers to, for example, control information (DCI) carried by a physical control channel or control information carried by a sequence, but is not limited to this. It can be configured/indicated by introducing high-level parameters in high-level signaling, and high-level parameters refer to information fields (fields) and/or information elements (IE) in high-level signaling, etc.
- An embodiment of the present application provides a method for sending information, which is described from the perspective of a network device.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an information indication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2 , the method includes:
- the network device sends downlink control information to the forwarder, where the downlink control information is in a first DCI format, and the downlink control information includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing.
- FIG2 is only a schematic illustration of the embodiment of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto.
- the execution order between the various operations can be appropriately adjusted, and other operations can be added or some operations can be reduced.
- Those skilled in the art can make appropriate modifications based on the above content, and are not limited to the description of the above FIG2.
- the downlink control information in the first DCI format is used to dynamically indicate/control an access link beam, or to control a forwarding unit of the forwarder, or to send side control information (side control information) or an access link beam indication.
- downlink control information in the first DCI format or “downlink control information using the first DCI format” or “DCI in the first DCI format” may also be directly referred to as “first DCI format”. The same is true for other DCI formats.
- the downlink control information in the first DCI format is not used for scheduling PDSCH or PUSCH.
- the downlink control information in the first DCI format may also be used to schedule PDSCH or PUSCH.
- the network device also sends downlink control information in a second DCI format to the repeater.
- the second DCI format is different from the first DCI format, for example, the DCI format numbers of the two are different (for example, the first DCI format is DCI format 2_8, and the second DCI format is DCI format 1_1).
- the second DCI format is used to schedule PDSCH or PUSCH and/or to activate or deactivate beam configuration, etc., and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
- the DCI in the first DCI format and the DCI in the second DCI format are monitored in the same or different SSs, and/or use the same or different RNTIs (for example, to perform CRC scrambling).
- the first DCI format may be a newly introduced DCI format (e.g. DCI format 2_8, or 2_9, or 2_10, etc.), or it may be an existing DCI format (e.g. 1_1, or 2_0, etc.) (the existing DCI format currently also supports the functions in the embodiments of the present application), and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
- a newly introduced DCI format e.g. DCI format 2_8, or 2_9, or 2_10, etc.
- an existing DCI format e.g. 1_1, or 2_0, etc.
- the first DCI format is unicast or group common, and the DCI in the first DCI format includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or, one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or, one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing.
- the DCI in the first DCI format may also include other information fields, such as one or more information fields for indicating whether the first information field indicates a beam, and for another example, one or more information fields for indicating on/off.
- the beam refers to a beam of an access link or a beam of a link between an NCR and a terminal device or a beam of an NCR used to receive signals from a terminal device and/or send signals to a terminal device.
- the beam refers to a physical beam of an access link that may be used by an NCR or a physical beam of an access link used for forwarding by an NCR.
- the first information field is described below.
- a first information field is used to indicate a beam index, or at most one beam index, or multiple beam indexes.
- the beam index may include a beam index corresponding to a beam (or a (actual) physical beam) and/or a beam index not corresponding to a beam (or a (actual) physical beam).
- the beam index range is predefined and/or configured/indicated by high-level signaling.
- all beam indexes within the beam index range are predefined or configured/indicated by high-level signaling, or a portion of the beam indexes are predefined and a portion of the beam indexes are configured/indicated by high-level signaling.
- the beam index of the corresponding beam is predefined, and the beam index of the non-corresponding beam is configured/indicated by high-level signaling, but is not limited thereto.
- All N BI beam indexes correspond to actual physical beams, for example, assuming there are An actual physical beam, Alternatively, some of the N BI beam indices correspond to actual physical beams, and the other part do not correspond to actual physical beams. For example, assuming there is An actual physical beam, The beam index X does not correspond to an actual physical beam, and the beam indices ⁇ X+1, X+2, ..., X+N BI -1 ⁇ correspond to actual physical beams, or the beam indices ⁇ X, X+1, ..., X+N BI -2 ⁇ correspond to actual physical beams, and the beam index X+N BI -1 does not correspond to an actual physical beam.
- the values of the beam index range are continuous, but the present application is not limited to this, and may also be discontinuous.
- the correspondence between the beam index and the beam can be predefined and/or configured by high-level signaling and/or OAM.
- the specific interactive information depends on the implementation.
- the mobile terminal of the repeater NCR-MT
- the network device can configure the beam and/or beam index of the NCR through OAM.
- the information exchanged between the NCR-MT and the network device through OAM is carried by the data radio bearer DRB, for example.
- NCR-MT can indicate/report the maximum number of DRBs it supports in the UE capability (UECapabilityInformation message). If it is not indicated/reported (or it does not exist in the UE capability), NCR-MT does not support DRB.
- UECapabilityInformation message UECapabilityInformation message
- NCR-MT Based on DRB, NCR-MT is connected to the OAM system through a protocol data unit PDU session or a packet data network PDN session (PDU session, the data of PDN session is carried by DRB).
- PDU session the data of PDN session is carried by DRB.
- NCR-MT can establish a PDU session or PDN session for OAM, thereby exchanging OAM information through the PDU session or PDN session.
- NCR-MT can obtain the IP address or prefix (address/prefix) from the core network using the normal terminal device process.
- the beam index not corresponding to the beam is, for example, predefined and/or configured/indicated by higher layer signaling.
- the beam index when the beam index includes a beam index corresponding to a beam and a beam index not corresponding to a beam, the former is, for example, referred to as a valid beam index (first beam index), and the latter is, for example, referred to as an invalid beam index (second beam index). That is, if the first information field indicates a valid beam index, the first information field indicates the beam corresponding to the index, and if the first information field indicates an invalid beam index, the first information field does not indicate a beam. In some cases, the first information field must indicate a valid beam index, or the first information field may indicate a valid beam index or an invalid beam index.
- the bit value of the first information field includes a bit value with a corresponding beam index and/or a bit value without a corresponding beam index, including: all values of (the bits in) the first information field have a corresponding beam index; or, some values have a corresponding beam index and some do not.
- the first information field must indicate the beam index (that is, the first information field must be set to a value with a corresponding beam index), or the first information field may indicate the beam index or may not indicate the beam index (that is, the first information field may be set to a value with a corresponding beam index (that is, indicating the beam index) or a value without a corresponding beam index (that is, not indicating the beam index)).
- values without corresponding beam indexes include: values that do not correspond to any physical beam (assuming that the beam index only includes beam indexes corresponding to actually existing physical beams), and/or reserved values (reserved value), and/or values used to provide other information (such as for indicating NCR-Fwd on/off, etc.) (assuming that the first information field is used to indicate both the beam and NCR-Fwd on/off), and/or predefined specific values (such as all "0"s, all "1”s, no examples are given here), which are used in certain specific situations, such as the protocol stipulates that in some cases, the first information field should be set to the specific value, or if the first information field is set to the specific value, it will affect how the NCR-MT processes/understands one or more other information bits or information fields in the DCI, but the present application is not limited to this.
- the first information field does not indicate a beam index
- the first information field does not indicate a beam.
- the first information field includes: the first information field indicates an invalid beam index and/or the first information field does not have/does not indicate a beam index.
- the first information field indicates a beam includes: the first information field indicates a valid beam index and/or the first information field indicates a beam index.
- the first information field must indicate a beam, or the first information field may indicate a beam or may not indicate a beam.
- Table 1 is an example of the first information field indicating the beam
- the beam index only includes valid beam indexes ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ .
- Some bit values of the first information field, such as 110, 101, 110, 111, are reserved (reserved values) and have no corresponding beam index.
- Table 2 is an example of the first information field indicating the beam
- the beam index includes valid beam indexes ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ and invalid beam index ⁇ -1 ⁇ .
- Bit values of a portion of the first information field, such as 110, 101, 110, are Reserved (reserved values) and have no corresponding beam index.
- Table 3 is an example of the first information field indicating the beam
- the beam index includes valid beam indexes ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ and invalid beam index ⁇ -1 ⁇ .
- Some bit values of the first information field, such as 101, 111, 110, are Reserved (reserved values) and have no corresponding beam index.
- Table 4 is an example of the first information field indicating the beam
- the beam index includes valid beam indexes ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇ and invalid beam indexes ⁇ 0 ⁇ , or the beam index only includes valid beam indexes ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇ , '000' is a predefined specific value and has no corresponding beam index, and another part of the bit values such as 101, 111, 110 are Reserved (reserved values) and have no corresponding beam index.
- Table 5 is an example of the first information field indicating the beam
- the beam index includes a valid beam index ⁇ 0 ⁇ or is replaced by ⁇ 1 ⁇ .
- the bit value of a portion of the first information field such as 1, is Reserved (reserved value) and has no corresponding beam index.
- the first information field indicates the beam index or the valid beam index, it can also be said that the first information field indicates that NCR-Fwd is turned on.
- the first information field does not indicate the beam index or indicates an invalid beam index, which can also be said that the first information field indicates that NCR-Fwd is turned off.
- Table 6 is an example of the first information field indicating the beam
- the beam index includes valid beam indexes ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ and invalid beam indexes ⁇ 4, 5, 6, 7 ⁇ , and all candidate bit values of the first information field have corresponding beam indexes.
- Table 7 is an example of the first information field indicating the beam
- the beam index includes a valid beam index ⁇ 0, 1, 2, 3 ⁇ or can be replaced by ⁇ 1, 2, 3, 4 ⁇ , and all candidate bit values of the first information field have corresponding beam indexes.
- the number of first information fields in the downlink control information of the first DCI format is predefined and/or configured or indicated by high-level signaling. In some embodiments, the number of first information fields or the maximum number of first information fields that can be configured (or can be included) in the first DCI format is related to the number of beams and/or the operating frequency band (or frequency range FR) and/or the bit width of the first information field, but is not limited thereto.
- the number of the first information fields is predefined, for example, the DCI of the predefined first DCI format includes N 1,fields first information fields, N 1,fields ⁇ 1.
- the protocol stipulates that the number of first information fields is the same as the number of second information fields. If the number of second information fields is configured/indicated by high-level signaling, the number of first information fields can also be determined.
- the number of first information fields is related to the number of time domain resources that can be indicated by the second information field. For example, the number of first information fields is equal to the maximum number of time domain resources that can be indicated by the second information field.
- the maximum number is the maximum number of time domain resources that can be configured in the configuration in the time domain resource table corresponding to the second information field, which is 1, or the maximum number of time domain resources included, which is 2.
- the maximum number of time domain resources that can be configured in the configuration in the time domain resource table is 4.
- the time domain resource table includes 2 configurations, one of which includes 2 time domain resources, and the other configuration includes 1 time domain resource. That is, the maximum number of time domains included in the configuration in the time domain resource table is 2. If the above maximum number is the maximum number 1, the number of first information domains is 4; if the above maximum number is the maximum number 2, the number of first information domains is 2.
- the number of the first information fields is configured or indicated by high-level signaling, for example, a new high-level parameter 1 is introduced, and the high-level parameter 1 is used to configure the number N 1,fields of the first information fields in the DCI of the first DCI format, for example, (Not limited to this, it can also be defined as a non-continuous set of integers greater than 0), It is predefined and/or configured/indicated by high-level signaling, and indicates the maximum number of first information fields that can be configured (or included) in the DCI of the first DCI format.
- the number of first information fields in the downlink control information of the first DCI format is predefined and configured or indicated by high-level signaling.
- the high-level signaling is not configured/indicated (for example, when the above-mentioned high-level parameter 1 is not provided)
- the number of first information fields in the first DCI format is predefined (that is, the protocol specifies a default number, and the default number is applied when the high-level signaling does not configure the number of first information fields).
- the high-level signaling is configured/indicated (for example, when the above-mentioned high-level parameter 1 is provided)
- the number of first information fields in the first DCI format is configured/indicated by the high-level signaling.
- the bit width of the first information field is predefined and/or configured or indicated by high-level signaling.
- the bit width of the first information field is the number of bits included in the first information field.
- the bit widths of different first information fields are the same or different, and the beam sets and/or beam index sets corresponding to different first information fields are the same or different.
- the bit width of the first information field is related to the number of corresponding beam indexes and/or the number of valid beam indexes and/or the number of beams and/or the number of first information fields and/or the working frequency band (or frequency range FR), but is not limited thereto.
- the bit width may be predefined, and the protocol defines the bit width L 1,bitwidth of the first information field as a predetermined value (an integer greater than 0, such as 1, 2, 3, or 4).
- L 1,bitwidth may be defined to have the same or different values for different frequency domain ranges or working frequency bands. For example, for FR1, the value is 1 or 2, and for FR2, the value is 3 or 4.
- the defined L 1,bitwidth values are the same or different.
- the protocol defines the bit width of the first information field as the number of beam indexes N BI and/or the number of valid beam indexes N BI,valid and/or the number of beams. and/or other parameters M, etc.
- M is, for example, equal to the number of bits in the first information field that are not used to indicate the beam index (here it is assumed that the first information field may include bits that are not used to indicate the beam index), or the number of values that do not correspond to the beam index (or are not used to indicate the beam index), or the number of values that do not correspond to the valid beam index, or the number of invalid beam indexes, or the number of predefined specific values, or the sum of two or more of the above numbers (for example, the number of invalid beam indexes + the number of predefined specific values).
- the high-level signaling eg, high-level parameters
- the high-level signaling is used to indirectly/implicitly configure/indicate the bit width of the first information field.
- bit width is configured or indicated by high-level signaling, and one or more new high-level parameters 2 may be introduced, and the high-level parameters 2 are used to configure the bit width L 1,bitwidth of the first information field.
- L 1,bitwidth is predefined, indicating the maximum number of bit widths that can be configured for the first information field.
- the values of can be predefined to be the same or different. For example, for FR1, For FR2, Or L 1, the actual configurable maximum value of bitwidth is different: for example, For FR1, the actual maximum configurable value of L 1, bitwidth is 3, and for FR2, the actual maximum configurable value of L 1, bitwidth is 6.
- the configured L 1, bitwidth values are the same or different (correspondingly, the corresponding number of beams and/or the number of beam indices N BI and/or the number of valid beam indices N BI,valid are the same or different).
- one of the above-mentioned high-level parameters 2 is introduced, and the configured bit width is applied to all first information fields in the first DCI format.
- multiple of the above-mentioned high-level parameters 2 are introduced, which are respectively used to configure the bit widths of different first information fields.
- the protocol defines the number of beams and/or the number of beam indices N BI and/or the number of valid beam indices N BI,valid is determined by the bit width L 1,bitwidth of the first information field, for example, or or or or or or or or or The definitions of each parameter are as described above and will not be repeated here.
- the bit width of the first information field is configured/indicated by high-level signaling (such as high-level parameters)
- the high-level signaling such as high-level parameters
- the protocol defines the number of beams and/or the number of beam indices N BI and/or the number of valid beam indices N BI,valid .
- the bit width is predefined and configured or indicated by high-level signaling.
- the bit width of the first information field is predefined (that is, the protocol specifies a default bit width, and the default bit width is applied when the high-level signaling does not configure the bit width of the first information field).
- the bit width of the first information field is configured/indicated by the high-level signaling.
- the second information field is described below.
- one second information field is used to indicate one time domain resource index, or indicates at most one time domain resource index, or indicates multiple time domain resource indexes.
- the index may also be replaced by a sequence number.
- the second information field corresponds to a time domain resource table.
- the time domain resource table is predefined and/or configured by high-level signaling.
- the time domain resource table includes one or more time domain resource configurations.
- the time domain resource (TDRA) table (or simply referred to as the TDRA table) includes at least one row (column).
- a row (column) is referred to as a TDRA configuration.
- a TDRA configuration includes one time domain resource or multiple time domain resources or does not include a time domain resource.
- a time domain resource is continuous or discontinuous.
- a time domain resource is defined, for example, by one or more of the following parameters: a time slot offset (used to determine the starting time slot), a symbol offset (used to determine the starting symbol in the time slot), a number of symbols (used to determine the length (duration) of the time domain resource), and a subcarrier spacing.
- a time slot offset used to determine the starting time slot
- a symbol offset used to determine the starting symbol in the time slot
- a number of symbols used to determine the length (duration) of the time domain resource
- a subcarrier spacing are predefined and/or configured by high-level signaling.
- the time slot offset refers to the offset value between the time slot where the time domain resource is located or the first time slot where the time domain resource is located and the reference point.
- the value range of the offset value (for example, the minimum value and/or maximum value of the offset value) is predefined and/or configured by high-level signaling.
- the above-mentioned reference point is, for example, the time slot where the DCI of the first DCI format is located or the last time slot where the DCI of the first DCI format is located or the time slot where the previous time domain resource in the same configuration is located or the last time slot where the previous time domain resource in the same configuration is located.
- the reference points of the time slot offsets of different time domain resources are the same (for example, they are all the time slots where the DCI of the first DCI format is located) or different (for example, for the first time domain resource: the time slot where the DCI of the first DCI format is located, and for the subsequent time domain resources, the time slot where the previous time domain resource is located).
- Symbol offset refers to the offset value between the first symbol of the time domain resource and the time slot in which it is located or the first symbol in the first time slot in which it is located.
- the symbol offset and/or the number of symbols must, for example, ensure that the configured time domain resources are in the same time slot, or the configured time domain resources can be in the same time slot or across time slots.
- the time domain resources in a configuration can be defined in the form of a list or sequence.
- an IE is introduced, and the IE includes the parameters for defining a time domain resource.
- a configuration includes a list or sequence, and the list or sequence includes one or more fields corresponding to the above IE.
- the number of time domain resources included in each configuration in the time domain resource table is the same or different.
- the protocol stipulates that the number of time domain resources included in each configuration must be the same or can be different.
- a specific configuration in the time domain resource table does not include time domain resources.
- the protocol specifies that the first configuration (index/sequence number is 0 or 1) in the time domain resource table does not include time domain resources.
- the specific configuration is predefined and/or configured/indicated by high-level signaling. If it is configured/indicated by high-level signaling, for example, the protocol specifies that the above-mentioned specific configuration (e.g., the first configuration) must be configured to not include time domain resources, or the above-mentioned specific configuration can be configured to include time domain resources or not include time domain resources.
- time domain resource configuration when a time domain resource configuration includes multiple time domain resources, different time domain resources do not overlap/overlap, or may overlap/overlap.
- time domain resources listed in the configuration the time domain resources listed later must be after the time domain resources listed earlier (the starting or ending position), or the time domain resources listed later may be before the time domain resources listed earlier (the starting or ending position).
- the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
- the second information field may indicate one time domain resource, multiple time domain resources, or no time domain resource by indicating a configuration in the time domain resource table.
- the time domain resource index may include a time domain resource index corresponding to the time domain resource and/or a time domain resource index not corresponding to the time domain resource.
- the time domain resource index is an index or serial number of a column (row) configuration in the time domain resource table corresponding to the second information domain. If all configurations in the time domain resource table include time domain resources, the time domain resource index only includes the time domain resource index corresponding to the time domain resource; if there are configurations including time domain resources and configurations not including time domain resources in the time domain resource table, the time domain resource index includes the time domain resource index corresponding to the time domain resource and the time domain resource index not corresponding to the time domain resource. For another example, all configurations in the time domain resource list include time domain resources.
- the time domain resource index only includes the time domain resource index corresponding to the time domain resource; if some values in the time domain resource index correspond to configurations in the time domain resource table, and some values do not correspond to any configuration in the time domain resource table, the time domain resource index includes the time domain resource index corresponding to the time domain resource and the time domain resource index not corresponding to the time domain resource.
- the time domain index not corresponding to the time domain resource is, for example, predefined and/or configured by high-layer signaling.
- some of the N TI time domain resource indexes correspond to the configurations in the time domain resource table, and the other part does not correspond to the configurations in the time domain resource table.
- N TI I+1
- the time domain resource index I start does not correspond to the configuration in the time domain resource table
- the time domain resource indexes ⁇ I start +1, I start +2,..., I start +N TI -1 ⁇ respectively correspond to the configurations in the time domain resource table
- the time domain resource indexes ⁇ I start , I start +1,..., I start +N TI -2 ⁇ respectively correspond to the configurations in the time domain resource table
- the beam index I start +N TI -1 does not correspond to the configuration in the time domain resource table.
- the values of the time domain resource index range are continuous, but this application is not limited to this, and it can also be discontinuous.
- the time domain resource index when the time domain resource index includes a time domain resource index corresponding to a time domain resource and a time domain resource index not corresponding to a time domain resource, the former is, for example, referred to as a valid time domain resource index (first time domain resource index), and the latter is, for example, referred to as an invalid time domain resource index (second time domain resource index).
- first time domain resource index a valid time domain resource index
- second time domain resource index indicates an invalid time domain resource index
- the second information field indicates the time domain resource corresponding to the index
- the second information field indicates an invalid time domain resource index
- the second information field does not indicate a time domain resource.
- the second information field must indicate a valid time domain resource index, or the second information field may indicate a valid time domain resource index or an invalid time domain resource index.
- the bit value of the second information field includes a bit value with a corresponding time domain resource index and/or a bit value without a corresponding time domain resource index.
- all values of the second information field have a corresponding time domain resource index, or a part of the values have a corresponding time domain resource index, and a part of the values do not have a corresponding time domain resource index.
- the second information field must indicate the time domain resource index (that is, the second information field must be set to a value with a corresponding time domain resource index), or the second information field may indicate the time domain resource index (set to a value with a corresponding time domain resource index) or not indicate the time domain resource index (set to a value without a corresponding time domain resource index).
- the second information field may indicate a time domain resource index or may not indicate a time domain resource index (that is, the second information field may be set to a value with a corresponding time domain resource index (i.e., indicating a time domain resource index) or a value without a corresponding time domain resource index (i.e., not indicating a time domain resource index)).
- the "value without a corresponding time domain resource index" includes: a value that does not correspond to any time domain resource, and/or a reserved value (reserved value), and/or a value used to provide other information (e.g., for indicating NCR-Fwd on/off, etc.) (assuming that the second information field is used to indicate both time domain resources and NCR-Fwd on/off), and/or a predefined specific value (e.g., all "0"s, all "1”s, examples are not given here one by one), the specific value is used, for example, in certain specific situations, for example, the protocol stipulates that in some cases, the second information field should be set to the specific value, or if the second information field is set to the specific value, it will affect how the NCR-MT processes/understands one or more other information bits or information fields in the DCI, but the present application is not limited thereto.
- the second information field does not indicate the time domain resource index
- the second information field does not indicate the time domain resource.
- the second information field does not/does not indicate the time domain resource includes: the second information field indicates an invalid time domain resource index and/or the second information field does not/does not indicate the time domain resource index.
- the second information field indicates a beam includes: the second information field indicates a valid time domain resource index and/or the second information field indicates a time domain resource index.
- the second information field must indicate the time domain resource, or the second information field may indicate the time domain resource or may not indicate the time domain resource.
- the second information field is illustrated below using Tables 8 to 13 as examples.
- Table 8 is an example of the second information field indicating the time domain resources
- Some bit values 100, 101, 110, 111 are reserved values and have no corresponding time domain resource index.
- Table 9 is an example of the second information field indicating the time domain resources
- Some bit values 100, 101, 110 are reserved values and have no corresponding time domain resource index.
- Table 10 is an example of the second information field indicating the time domain resources
- Some bit values 111, 101, 110 are reserved values and have no corresponding time domain resource index.
- Table 11 is an example of the second information field indicating the time domain resources
- Another part of the bit values 111, 101, 110 are reserved values and have no corresponding time domain resource index.
- Table 12 is an example of the second information field indicating the time domain resources
- Table 13 is an example of the second information field indicating the time domain resources
- the number of the second information fields is predefined and/or configured/indicated by high-layer signaling.
- the number of the second information fields may be related to the number of the first information fields and/or the number of time domain resources included in the configuration in the time domain resource table.
- the DCI of the first DCI format includes N 2,fields first information fields.
- the DCI in the first DCI format includes N 1,fields >1 or N 1,fields ⁇ 1 first information fields, and the high-level signaling configures one of the above-mentioned time domain resource tables.
- a new higher layer parameter 3 is introduced, and the higher layer parameter 3 is used to configure the number N 2,fields of second information fields in the first DCI format.
- the high-level parameter is used to configure the correspondence between the first information field and the second information field, and then indirectly/implicitly configure the number of the second information field.
- N 2,fields 1 second information field.
- the number of the first information field and the second information field are both configured by high-level parameters
- the number of the first information field and the second information field are respectively configured by different high-level parameters, or are configured by the same high-level parameter (that is, high-level parameter 1 and high-level parameter 3 are the same or different).
- a new high-level parameter is introduced to configure the number of the first information field N 1,fields
- another new high-level parameter is introduced to configure the number of the second information field N 2,fields .
- a new high-level parameter is introduced, and the high-level parameter is used to configure the number of the first information field and the second information field.
- the first information field and the second information field exist in pairs, and the high-level parameter is used to configure the number of ⁇ first information field, second information field ⁇ pairs.
- the high-level parameter is used to configure the number of blocks (blocks are introduced in "Listing Order").
- the high-level parameter jointly configures the number of the first information field and the second information field, for example, configures ⁇ N 1,fields ,N 2,fields ⁇ pairs, for example, it can be configured ⁇ N,1 ⁇ , or ⁇ N,N ⁇ , where N ⁇ 1, but is not limited thereto.
- the high-level parameter configures the number of the first information field and the second information field separately.
- the number of second information fields is predefined and configured/indicated by high-level signaling
- the high-level signaling is not configured/indicated (for example, when the above-mentioned high-level parameter 3 is not provided)
- the number of second information fields is predefined (that is, the protocol specifies a default number, and the default number is applied when the high-level signaling does not configure the number of second information fields)
- the high-level signaling is configured/indicated (for example, when the above-mentioned high-level parameter 3 is provided)
- the number of second information fields is configured/indicated by the high-level signaling.
- the bit width of the second information field is predefined and/or configured or indicated by high-level signaling.
- the bit width of the second information field is the number of bits included in the second information field.
- the time domain resource tables and/or time domain resource index sets corresponding to different second information fields are the same or different, and the bit widths of different second information fields are the same or different.
- the bit width of the second information field is related to the length I of the corresponding time domain resource table (that is, the number of configurations included) and/or the number of time domain resource indexes N TI and/or the number of valid time domain resource indexes N TI,valid .
- Q is, for example, equal to the number of bits in the second information field that are not used to indicate the time domain resource index (here, it is assumed that the second information field may include 2 parts of candidate bit values, one of which is not used to indicate the time domain resource index), or the number of values that do not correspond to the time domain resource index (or are not used to indicate the time domain resource index), or the number of values that do not correspond to the valid time domain resource index, or the number of invalid time domain resource indexes, or the number of predefined specific values, or the sum of two or more of the above numbers (for example, the number of invalid time domain resource indexes + the number of predefined specific values).
- the predefined specific value is as described above and is not repeated here.
- time domain resource table (implied length I) and/or the number of time domain resource indexes N TI and/or the number of valid time domain resource indexes N TI,valid are configured/indicated by high-level signaling (for example, high-level parameters)
- high-level signaling for example, high-level parameters
- bit width L 2 bitwidth of the second information field is configured or indicated by high-level signaling, for example, one or more new high-level parameters 4 are introduced, and the high-level parameter 4 is used to configure the bit width L 2, bitwidth of the second information field.
- the high-level parameter 2 refers to the high-level parameter 2 to configure the bit width of the first information field, which will not be repeated here.
- one of the above high-level parameters 4 is introduced, and the configured bit width is applied to all second information fields in the DCI of the first DCI format.
- multiple of the above high-level parameters 4 are introduced, which are respectively used to configure the bit widths of different second information fields.
- the bit width is predefined and configured or indicated by high-level signaling.
- the bit width of the second information field is predefined (that is, the protocol specifies a default bit width, and the default bit width is applied when the high-level signaling does not configure the bit width of the second information field).
- the bit width of the second information field is configured/indicated by the high-level signaling.
- the following describes how the first information field and the second information field are arranged in the DCI of the first DCI format.
- the order of the information fields in the downlink control information includes: all the second information fields are arranged after or before all the first information fields, or the second information fields are arranged alternately with the first information fields.
- all N 2,fields second information fields precede or follow all N 1,fields first information fields.
- Example 1 The second information field follows the first information field
- First information field 1 first information field 2, ..., first information field N 1, fields , second information field
- Example 2 The second information field comes before the first information field
- Second information field first information field 1, first information field 2, ..., first information field N 1, fields
- N 1,fields ⁇ 1, N 2,fields N 1,fields
- Example 1 The second information field follows the first information field
- First information field 1 first information field 2, ..., first information field N 1, fields , second information field 1, second information field 2, ..., second information field N 2, fields
- Example 2 The second information field comes before the first information field
- second information field 1 second information field 2, ..., second information field N 2
- fields first information field 1, first information field 2, ..., first information field N 1, fields .
- the second information field is arranged crosswise (interleaved) with the first information field.
- the N 2,fields second information fields and the N 1,fields first information fields are cross-listed in the first DCI format in the order of the first information field first and the second information field second, or cross-listed in the order of the second information field first and the second information field second.
- Example 1 first information field 1, second information field 1, first information field 2, ..., first information field N 1, fields
- N 1,fields ⁇ 1, N 2,fields N 1,fields
- Example 1 first information field 1, second information field 1, first information field 2, second information field 2, ..., first information field N 1, fields , second information field N 2, fields
- Example 2 second information field 1, first information field 1, second information field 2, first information field 2, ..., second information field N 2, fields , ..., first information field N 1, fields .
- the first DCI format includes N blocks , in the order of block number 1, block number 2, ..., block number N block .
- Each block defines one or more first information fields and one or more second information fields.
- the first information field and the second information field are arranged in the above manner.
- Block 1 First information field 1, second information field 1 or second information field 1, first information field 1
- Block 2 First information field 2, second information field 2 or second information field 2, first information field 2
- Block N block first information field N 1, fields , second information field N 2, fields or second information field N 2, fields , first information field N 1, fields .
- the following describes the correspondence between the first information field and the second information field and/or the correspondence between the beam (beam index) indicated by the first information field and the time domain resource indicated by the second information field.
- the first information field corresponds to the second information field one by one, or a plurality of the first information fields correspond to one second information field, or one first information field corresponds to a plurality of the second information fields.
- all first information fields correspond to one second information field, that is, all beams indicated by the first information fields are applied to one or more time domain resources indicated by the second information field (beams indicated by different first information fields are applied to the same or different time domain resources).
- the first information field (or the beam indicated by the first information field or the beam index or the effective beam index) and the time domain resources indicated by the second information field may correspond one-to-one or many-to-one or one-to-many.
- one-to-one correspondence means: a beam indicated by a first information domain corresponds to a time domain resource, and beams indicated by different first information domains correspond to different time domain resources indicated by a second information domain, or, one time domain resource corresponds to a beam indicated by a first information domain, and different time domain resources correspond to beams indicated by different first information domains;
- many-to-one for example, means that beams indicated by multiple first information domains correspond to the same time domain resource, and beams indicated by different first information domains in multiple first information domains correspond to different frequency domain resources;
- one-to-many for example, means that a beam indicated by a first information domain corresponds to multiple time domain resources indicated by a second information domain, and the multiple time domain resources may or may not overlap.
- all first information fields must indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, or, there must be at least X (eg at least 1) first information fields indicating a beam or indicating a valid beam index or indicating a beam index (there may be one or more that do not indicate a beam or a valid beam index or do not indicate a beam index).
- a portion of the first information fields (e.g., the first first information field) must indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, or any first information field may indicate or not indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, and/or, in the case where the nth first information field indicates an invalid beam index or does not indicate a beam or does not indicate a beam index, the nth first information field and/or the n+1th and subsequent first information fields are ignored by the NCR-MT (that is, the NCR-MT only considers that the first n-1 first information fields indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index (described below) ), NCR-MT ignores the first information field means that there is no need to forward according to the first information field, for example: reading the first information field but not forwarding according to the first information field, or not reading the first information field, and then not forwarding according to the first information field), even if the first information field (n+1) or later indicates
- the nth first information field and/or the first information field after the nth first information field is ignored by the NCR-MT (that is, the NCR-MT only considers that the first n-1 first information fields indicate beams or valid beam indices or beam indices (described below) )), and/or, must indicate an invalid beam index or no beam or no beam index or the same beam or beam index or set to the same bit value (the same as the nth first information field).
- the nth first information field can also be called an invalid first information field.
- a first information field that does not indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index and/or a first information field that is ignored by the NCR may be referred to as an invalid first information field
- a first information field that indicates a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index and/or a first information field that is not ignored by the NCR may be referred to as a valid first information field.
- the second information field since there is only one second information field, corresponding to the above “all first information fields must indicate beams or valid beam indices or beam indices”, the second information field must indicate N 1,fields time domain resources. That is, the configuration indicated by the second information field must include at least N 1,fields (eg must include N 1,fields ) time domain resources, that is, each configuration in the time domain resource table corresponding to the second information field (or the DCI of the first DCI format) must include at least N 1,fields (eg must include N 1,fields ) time domain resources.
- the second information field Corresponding to the above “at least X (eg at least 1) first information fields indicate beams or indicate valid beam indices or indicate beam indices”, the second information field must indicate at least 1 time domain resource.
- the configuration indicated by the second information field must include at least X (eg at least 1) time domain resources, that is, each configuration in the time domain resource table corresponding to the second information field (or the DCI of the first DCI format) must include at least X (eg at least 1) time domain resources.
- the correspondence between the first information field (or the beam or beam index or valid beam index indicated by the first information field) and the time domain resources indicated by the second information field is determined according to the order in which the first information field is listed in the DCI of the first DCI format, and/or whether the first information field indicates a beam or indicates a valid beam index or indicates a beam index, and/or the order in which the time domain resources indicated by the second information field are listed in the time domain resource table configuration, and/or the order of the time domain resources indicated by the second information field in the time domain.
- the nth first information field corresponds to the nth time domain resource indicated by the second information field.
- the nth first information field indicating a beam or indicating a valid beam index or indicating a beam index corresponds to the nth time domain resource indicated by the second information field.
- a second information field indicates the first number of time domain resources, or a second information field indicates no less than the first number of time domain resources.
- the second information field must indicate the first number of time domain resources.
- the first information domain (or The first information field indicates The beam or beam index) corresponds one-to-one to N TR time domain resources.
- This correspondence is, for example, based on the The order in which the first information fields are listed in the DCI of the first DCI format and/or the order in which the time domain resources are listed in the time domain resource table configuration or the order of the time domain resources in the time domain is determined.
- Figure 3A is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship of an embodiment of the present application.
- first information fields which are first information field 1, first information field 2,..., first information field N in the order listed in the DCI of the first DCI format.
- Each first information field indicates a beam.
- the second information field indicates a first number of time domain resources.
- the order of listing configured in the time domain resource table of the first number of time domain resources or the order of time domain resources in the time domain is y_1, y_2, y_3,..., y_N.
- the first information field 1 (indicated beam index x_1, or indicated beam x_1) corresponds to the time domain resource y_1 indicated by the second information field
- the first information field 2 (indicated beam index x_2, or indicated beam x_2) corresponds to the time domain resource y_2 indicated by the second information field
- the first information field N (indicated beam index x_N, or indicated beam x_N) corresponds to the time domain resource y_N indicated by the second information field.
- FIG3B is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship in an embodiment of the present application.
- N first information Domains are the first information domain 1, the first information domain 2, ..., the first information domain N, only the first number N-1 first information domains indicate a valid beam index
- the one second information domain indicates a first number N-1 time domain resources
- the order of listing configured in the time domain resource table of the first number of time domain resources or the order of time domain resources in the time domain is y_1, y_2, y_3, ..., y_N-1
- the first information domain 1 (indicated beam index x_1, or indicated beam x_1) corresponds to the time domain resource y_1 indicated by the second information domain
- the first information domain 3 (indicated beam index x_3, or indicated beam x_3) corresponds to the time domain resource y_2 indicated by the second information domain
- the first information domain N (indicated beam index x x
- Figure 3C is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship of an embodiment of the present application.
- first information fields in total, which are first information field 1, first information field 2,..., first information field N in the order listed in the DCI of the first DCI format.
- first information field 1 and second information field 2 indicate a valid beam index.
- the one second information field indicates a first number of two time domain resources.
- the order of listing of the two time domain resources configured in the time domain resource table or the order of the time domain resources in the time domain is y_1, y_2.
- the first information field 1 (indicated beam index x_1, or indicated beam x_1) corresponds to the time domain resource y_1 indicated by the second information field
- the first information field 2 (indicated beam index x_2, or indicated beam x_2) corresponds to the time domain resource y_2 indicated by the second information field.
- the second information field may indicate Time domain resources, The first information domain (or The first information field indicates beam or beam index) with There is a one-to-one correspondence between the time domain resources.
- the first time domain resource of N TR time domain resources refers to time domain resources, such as the previous one listed in the time domain resource table configuration time domain resources or the previous time domain resources. NCR may ignore the subsequent (or remaining) time domain resources, but is not limited to this.
- the time domain resource may also be other ones of the N TR time domain resources. time domain resources.
- the corresponding relationship is, for example, based on the order in which the N 1,fields first information fields are listed in the first DCI format and/or The order in which the first information fields are listed in the first DCI format and/or the order in which the time domain resources are listed in the time domain resource table configuration and/or the order of the time domain resources in the time domain is determined.
- FIG3D is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship in an embodiment of the present application.
- there are N first information fields in total which are first information field 1, first information field 2, ..., first information field N in the order listed in the DCI of the first DCI format.
- Only a first number of two first information fields (first information field 1 and second information field 2) indicate a valid beam index, and the one second information field indicates time domain resources greater than the first number (e.g., N).
- the order of listing of the N time domain resources or the order of the time domain resources in the time domain configured in the time domain resource table is y_1, y_2, ..., y_N
- the first information field 1 (indicated beam index x_1, or indicated beam x_1) corresponds to the time domain resource y_1 indicated by the second information field
- the first information field 2 (indicated beam index x_2, or indicated beam x_2) corresponds to the time domain resource y_2 indicated by the second information field
- the first information field 3 (indicates an invalid beam index) corresponds to the time domain resource y_3 indicated by the second information field
- the first information field N (indicates an invalid beam index) corresponds to the time domain resource y_N indicated by the second information field.
- the NCR ignores the first information field 4 and the first information field thereafter, that is, the NCR ignores the time domain resources corresponding to the first information field that does not indicate a beam, and/or the first information field 4 and the first information field thereafter do not indicate a beam.
- FIG3E is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship in an embodiment of the present application.
- N first information fields in total which are first information field 1, first information field 2, ..., first information field N in the order listed in the DCI of the first DCI format.
- the first number N-1 first information fields indicate a valid beam index.
- the second information field 2 does not indicate a beam.
- the one second information field indicates more than the first number of time domain resources (for example, N).
- the order of listing of the N time domain resources in the time domain resource table configuration or the order of the time domain resources in the time domain is y_1, y_2.
- the first information fields correspond to the first number of time domain resources
- the first information field 1 (indicated beam index x_1, or indicated beam x_1) corresponds to the time domain resource y_1 indicated by the second information field
- the first information field 3 (indicated beam index x_3, or indicated beam x_3) corresponds to the time domain resource y_2 indicated by the second information field
- the first information field N (indicated beam index x_N, or indicated beam x_N) corresponds to the time domain resource y_N-1 indicated by the second information field.
- NCR ignores the time domain resources that have no corresponding beams (or the remaining).
- the number of time domain resources indicated by the second information field is the same as the number of the first information field, but the present application is not limited thereto and may be more or less than the number of the first information field.
- a beam indicated by a first information field corresponds to a time domain resource (i.e., the one-to-one correspondence mentioned above), and beams indicated by different first information fields correspond to different time domain resources indicated by a second information field, but the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
- FIG3F is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship in an embodiment of the present application.
- beams indicated by multiple first information fields correspond to the same time domain resource (the aforementioned many-to-one situation), wherein there are N first information fields in total, which are first information field 1, first information field 2, ..., first information field N in the order listed in the DCI of the first DCI format, all indicating beam indexes, and the one second information field indicating N/2 time domain resources, and the N/2 time domains
- the order of enumeration configured in the resource time domain resource table or the order of time domain resources in the time domain is y_1, y_2,..., y_N/2
- the first information domain 1 (indicated beam index x_1) corresponds to the time domain resource y_1 indicated by the second information domain
- the first information domain 2 (indicated beam index x_2) corresponds to the time domain resource y_1 indicated by the second information domain
- every two first information domains correspond to one time domain resource, and so on,
- Figure 3G is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship of an embodiment of the present application.
- a beam indicated by a first information field corresponds to multiple time domain resources indicated by a second information field (the aforementioned one-to-many situation), wherein there are N first information fields in total, which are first information field 1, first information field 2, ..., first information field N in the order listed in the DCI of the first DCI format, all indicating beam indexes.
- the one second information field indicates 2N time domain resources.
- the order of listing configured in the time domain resource table of the 2N time domain resources or the order of time domain resources in the time domain is y_1, y_2, ..., y_2N.
- the first information field 1 corresponds to the time domain resources y_1 and y_2 indicated by the second information field.
- One first information field corresponds to two time domain resources, and so on.
- the first information field N corresponds to the time domain resources y_2N-1 and y_2N indicated by the second information field.
- the first information field (or the beam or beam index indicated by the first information field) and the second information field (or the time domain resource indicated by the second information field) are one-to-one corresponding or many-to-one corresponding or one-to-many corresponding.
- one-to-one corresponding means, for example, that a beam indicated by the first information field corresponds to a time domain resource indicated by the second information field, and beams indicated by different first information fields correspond to time domain resources indicated by different second information fields, or vice versa, a time domain resource indicated by the second information field corresponds to a beam indicated by the first information field, and time domain resources indicated by different second information fields correspond to beams indicated by different first information fields.
- beams indicated by multiple first information fields correspond to the same time domain resource indicated by the second information field, and beams indicated by different first information fields in the multiple first information fields are for different frequency domain resources and/or for different time domain resources indicated by the second information field.
- One-to-many means, for example, that a beam indicated by the first information field corresponds to time domain resources indicated by multiple second information fields, and the time domain resources indicated by the multiple second information fields may or may not overlap.
- all first information fields must indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, or, there must be at least X (eg at least 1) first information fields indicating a beam or indicating a valid beam index or indicating a beam index (there may be one or more that do not indicate a beam or a valid beam index or do not indicate a beam index).
- a portion of the first information fields (e.g., the first first information field) must indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, or any first information field may indicate or not indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, and/or, if an invalid beam index or no beam or no beam index is indicated in the nth first information field, the nth first information field and/or the first information field (n+1) and thereafter are ignored by the NCR-MT (that is, the NCR-MT only considers that the first n-1 first information fields indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index (described below) ), for example, NCR-MT ignoring the first information field means that there is no need to forward according to the first information field, for example, reading the first information field but not forwarding according to the first information field, or, there is no need to read the first information field, and then there is no need to forward according to the first information field), even if the first information field (n+1)
- the nth and/or later second information field is ignored by NCR-MT and/or the nth and/or later second information field must indicate an invalid time domain resource index or does not indicate a time domain resource or does not indicate a time domain resource index (assuming that the nth first information field corresponds to the nth second information field).
- a part of the second information fields (e.g., the first second information field) must indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index, or any second information field may indicate or not indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index, and/or, if the mth second information field indicates an invalid time domain resource index or does not indicate a time domain resource or does not indicate a time domain resource index, then the mth second information field and/or the m+1th and subsequent second information fields are ignored by the NCR-MT (that is, the NCR-MT only considers that the first m-1 second information fields indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index (described below) ), NCR-MT ignores the second information field means that there is no need to forward according to the second information field, for example, the second information field is read but there is no need to forward according to the second information field, or there is no need to read
- a second information field that does not indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index and/or is ignored by the NCR may be referred to as an invalid second information field
- a second information field that indicates a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index and/or is not ignored by the NCR may be referred to as a valid second information field.
- the nth first information field and/or the first information field after the nth first information field is ignored by the NCR-MT (that is, the NCR-MT only considers that the first n-1 first information fields indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, and/or must indicate an invalid beam index or no beam or no beam index or the same beam or beam index or is set to the same bit value (the same as the nth first information field).
- the mth second information field and/or the second information field after the mth second information field is ignored by the NCR-MT (that is, the NCR-MT only considers that the first m-1 second information fields indicate the time domain resource or the valid time domain resource index or the time domain resource index (described below) )), and/or, must indicate an invalid time domain resource index or no time domain resource or no time domain resource index or the same time domain resource or time domain resource index or set to the same bit value (the same as the mth second information field).
- the mth second information field can also be called an invalid second information field.
- the NCR ignores the p-th block and/or subsequent (p+1 and subsequent) blocks, and/or the bits in the subsequent blocks are set to specific values (e.g., all '0's).
- the subsequent blocks may also be referred to as invalid blocks.
- different second information domains are based on the same or different time domain resource tables.
- a new high-level parameter field and/or IE can be introduced in the high-level signaling to configure the time domain resource table for the second information domain (or for the first DCI format).
- the time domain resource tables are the same: only one of the time domain resource tables is configured, and all second information domains in the DCI of the first DCI format are based on the time domain resource table. At this time, the bit widths of different second information domains are the same or different.
- the time domain resource tables are different: more than one of the time domain resource tables can be configured, and different time domain resource tables correspond to different second information domains.
- each configuration in the above-mentioned time domain resource table includes one time domain resource or at least one time domain resource, or one or more of the configurations do not include a time domain resource, and other configurations include one time domain resource, which will not be exemplified one by one here.
- whether the second information field is based on the same or different time domain resource tables depends on the number of time domain resource tables or is related to the number of time domain resource tables. When there is only one time domain resource table, they are all based on the one time domain resource table. When there are multiple time domain resource tables, different second information fields can be based on different time domain resource tables.
- the above-mentioned high-level signaling can be configured with one or more time domain resource tables. If one time domain resource table is configured, the above-mentioned multiple second information fields are all based on the time domain resource table. If the number of configured time domain resource tables is the same as the second information field, the second information field corresponds to the configured time domain resource table one by one, for example, according to the order in which the second information fields are listed in the DCI and the order in which the time domain resource tables are listed in the high-level signaling (the first second information field is based on the first time domain resource table, and so on).
- the correspondence between the first information field (or the beam or beam index or valid beam index indicated by the first information field) and the second information field (or the time domain resource or time domain resource index or valid time domain resource index indicated by the second information field) is determined according to the order in which the first information field is listed in the DCI of the first DCI format, and/or whether the first information field indicates a beam or indicates a valid beam index or indicates a beam index, and/or the order in which the second information field is listed in the DCI of the first DCI format, and/or whether the second information field indicates a time domain resource or indicates a valid time domain resource index or indicates a time domain resource index, and/or the order of the time domain resources indicated by the second information field in the time domain.
- the nth first information field in the first DCI format corresponds to the nth second information field (or the time domain resource or time domain resource index or valid time domain resource index indicated by the nth second information field).
- the first information field in the nth block of the DCI of the first DCI format corresponds to the second information field (or the time domain resource or time domain resource index or valid time domain resource index indicated by the second information field).
- the nth first information field indicating a beam or a beam index or a valid beam index corresponds to the nth second information field indicating a time domain resource or a time domain resource index or a valid time domain resource index (or the beam or beam index or valid beam index indicated by the nth second information field indicating a time domain resource or a time domain resource index or a valid time domain resource index), and examples are not given one by one here.
- the number of second information fields indicating time domain resources or valid time domain resource indices or time domain resource indices is limited to the number of first information fields indicating beams or valid beam indices or beam indices, or the number of first information fields indicating beams or valid beam indices or beam indices is limited to the number of second information fields indicating time domain resources or valid time domain resource indices or time domain resource indices.
- whether a second information field must indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index is restricted by its corresponding first information field, or whether a first information field must indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index is restricted by the corresponding second information field.
- the nth first information field indicates a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index
- the nth second information field must indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index
- the nth second information field must indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index
- the nth first information field indicates a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index.
- the second information field therein must indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index, or the second information field in the nth block must indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index, then the first information field therein must indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index.
- the first information domain when there are a first number of ( or ) when the first information field indicates a beam or indicates a valid beam index or indicates a beam index, all the second information fields have a second number
- a second information field indicates a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index, and the second number is equal to the first number, or the second number is greater than the first number.
- the second information field indicates the time domain resource or the valid time domain resource index or the time domain resource index.
- the first information field is related to the The second information domains correspond one to one.
- the first information field is the first one of N 1,fields first information fields.
- the first information field, The second information field is the first one of the N 2,fields second information fields.
- the second information field is not limited to this.
- the first information field is the last one in N 1,fields first information fields.
- the first information field, The second information field is the last one in N 2,fields second information fields. There are two second information fields, which will not be listed one by one here.
- the second information field indicates the time domain resource or the valid time domain resource index or the time domain resource index.
- the first information domain and The second information domains correspond one to one.
- the first information field is the first (or last) of N 1,fields first information fields.
- the first information field, The second information field is the first (or last) of the N 2,fields second information fields.
- a second information field or the above The first (or last) of the second information field There are two second information fields, which will not be listed one by one here.
- ( or ) second information fields indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index
- all the first information fields have a first quantity
- a first information field indicates a beam or indicates a valid beam index or indicates a beam index
- the first number is equal to the second number, or the first number is greater than the second number.
- the first information field indicates a beam or indicates a valid beam index or indicates a beam index.
- the first information field is related to the The second information domains correspond one to one.
- the first information field is the first (or last) of N 1,fields first information fields.
- the second information field is the first (or last) of the N 2,fields second information fields. There are two second information fields, which will not be listed one by one here.
- the first information field indicates a beam or indicates a valid beam index or indicates a beam index.
- the second information domain The first information domains correspond one to one.
- the first information field is the first (or last) of N 1,fields first information fields.
- a second information field or the above The first (or last) information field
- the second information field is the first (or last) of the N 2,fields second information fields.
- Figures 4A to 4G are schematic diagrams of the corresponding relationship of an embodiment of the present application.
- first information fields in total which are first information field 1, first information field 2, ..., first information field N in the order listed in the DCI of the first DCI format.
- second information fields in total which are second information field 1, second information field 2, ..., second information field N in the order listed in the DCI of the first DCI format.
- all first information fields indicate beams
- all second information fields indicate time domain resources.
- the beam index x_1 indicated by the first information field 1 corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 indicated by the second information field 1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_1)
- the beam index x_2 indicated by the first information field 2 corresponds to the time domain resource index y_2 indicated by the second information field 2 (or the indicated time domain resource y_2)
- the beam index x_N indicated by the first information field N corresponds to the time domain resource index y_N indicated by the second information field N (or the indicated time domain resource y_N).
- the first information field 2 does not indicate a beam
- other first information fields all indicate beams
- all second information fields indicate time domain resources.
- the beam index x_1 indicated by the first information field 1 (or the indicated beam x_1) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 indicated by the second information field 1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_1)
- the beam index x_3 indicated by the first information field 3 (or the indicated beam x_3) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_3 indicated by the second information field 3 (or the indicated time domain resource y_3).
- the beam index x_N indicated by the first information field N corresponds to the time domain resource index y_N indicated by the second information field N (or the indicated time domain resource y_N).
- the NCR ignores the second information field 2 and/or the time domain resource index y_2 and/or the time domain resource y_2 corresponding to the first information field that does not indicate a beam.
- the first information field 2 does not indicate a beam, and the other first information fields all indicate beams.
- the second information field 2 does not indicate a time domain resource, and the other second information fields all indicate a time domain resource.
- the beam index x_1 (or the indicated beam x_1) indicated by the first information field 1 corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_1) indicated by the second information field 1.
- the beam index x_3 (or the indicated beam x_3) indicated by the first information field 3 corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_1) indicated by the second information field 3.
- the index y_3 (or the indicated time domain resource y_3) corresponds to the first information field N, and so on.
- the beam index x_N (or the indicated beam x_N) indicated by the first information field N corresponds to the time domain resource index y_N (or the indicated time domain resource y_N) indicated by the second information field N.
- the NCR ignores the second information field 2 corresponding to the first information field that does not indicate a beam and/or the second information field 2 must indicate an invalid time domain resource index (the time domain resource index y_2 is invalid) or does not indicate a time domain resource index or does not indicate a time domain resource.
- the NCR ignores the first information field 4 (n+1) and/or the first information field thereafter, and/or the first information field 4 and the first information field thereafter do not indicate a beam
- the beam index x_1 indicated by the first information field 1 (or the indicated beam x_1) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 indicated by the second information field 1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_1)
- the beam index x_2 indicated by the first information field 2 (or the indicated beam x_2) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_2 indicated by the second information field 2 (or the indicated time domain resource y_2).
- the first information field 2 does not indicate a beam, and other first information fields all indicate beams.
- the second information field 2 does not indicate time domain resources, and other second information fields all indicate time domain resources.
- the beam index x_1 indicated by the first information field 1 corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 indicated by the second information field 1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_1).
- the beam index x_3 indicated by the first information field 3 corresponds to the time domain resource index y_3 indicated by the second information field 3 (or the indicated time domain resource y_3).
- the beam index x_N indicated by the first information field N corresponds to the time domain resource index y_N indicated by the second information field N (or the indicated time domain resource y_N).
- the NCR ignores the first information field 2 and/or beam index x_2 and/or beam x_2 corresponding to the second information field 2 that does not indicate time domain resources.
- the first information field 2 (corresponding to the second information field 2) does not indicate a beam, the other first information fields all indicate beams, the second information field 2 does not indicate a time domain resource, the other second information fields all indicate a time domain resource, the beam index x_1 indicated by the first information field 1 (or the indicated beam x_1) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 indicated by the second information field 1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_1), the beam index x_3 indicated by the first information field 3 (or the indicated beam x_3) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 indicated by the second information field 1, 3 corresponds to the time domain resource index y_3 (or the indicated time domain resource y_3), and so on, the beam index x_N (or the indicated beam x_N) indicated by the first information field N corresponds to the time domain resource index y_N (or the indicated time domain resource y_N) indicated by the second information field N, and the NCR ignores the first information
- the NCR ignores the second information field 4 (m+1) and/or the second information field thereafter, and/or the second information field 4 and the first information field thereafter do not indicate time domain resources
- the beam index x_1 indicated by the first information field 1 (or the indicated beam x_1) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 indicated by the second information field 1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_1)
- the beam index x_2 indicated by the first information field 2 (or the indicated beam x_2) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_2 indicated by the second information field 2 (or the indicated time domain resource y_2).
- N 1,fields first information fields correspond to N 2,fields second information fields one by one
- the nth first information field corresponds to the nth second information field
- the second information fields correspond one to one.
- 5A to 5D are schematic diagrams of the corresponding relationship in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5A to 5D, it is assumed that the first information field without indicating a beam and/or the second information field without indicating a time domain resource are skipped.
- the first information domain The second information fields correspond one to one, and the nth first information field indicating the beam corresponds to the nth second information field indicating the time domain resource.
- first information fields in total which are first information field 1, first information field 2, ..., first information field N in the order listed in the DCI of the first DCI format
- second information fields in total which are second information field 1, second information field 2, ..., second information field N in the order listed in the DCI of the first DCI format.
- the first information field 2 does not indicate a beam
- other first information fields all indicate beams
- all second information fields indicate time domain resources.
- the beam index x_1 indicated by the first information field 1 corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 indicated by the second information field 1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_1)
- the beam index x_3 indicated by the first information field 3 corresponds to the time domain resource index y_2 indicated by the second information field 2 (or the indicated time domain resource y_2).
- the beam index x_N indicated by the first information field N corresponds to the time domain resource index y_N-1 indicated by the second information field N-1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_N-1).
- the NCR ignores the last second information field N and/or time domain resource index y_N and/or time domain resource y_N.
- the first information field 2 does not indicate a beam
- the other first information fields indicate beams
- all second information fields indicate time domain resources
- the beam index x_1 indicated by the first information field 1 (or the indicated beam x_1) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 indicated by the second information field 1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_1)
- the beam index x_3 indicated by the first information field 3 (or the indicated beam x_3) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_2 indicated by the second information field 2 (or the indicated time domain resource y_2).
- the beam index x_N indicated by the first information field N corresponds to the time domain resource index y_N-1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_N-1) indicated by the second information field N-1
- the NCR ignores the last second information field N and/or time domain resource index y_N and/or time domain resource y_N, and/or the second information field N must indicate an invalid time domain resource index (the time domain resource index y_N is invalid) or does not indicate a time domain resource index or does not indicate a time domain resource.
- all first information fields indicate beams
- the second information field 2 does not indicate time domain resources
- other second information fields indicate time domain resources.
- the beam index x_1 indicated by the first information field 1 corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 indicated by the second information field 1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_1)
- the beam index x_2 indicated by the first information field 3 corresponds to the time domain resource index y_3 indicated by the second information field 3 (or the indicated time domain resource y_3), and so on.
- the beam index x_N-1 indicated by the first information field N-1 (or the indicated beam x_N-1) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_N indicated by the second information field N (or the indicated time domain resource y_N), and the NCR ignores the last first information field N and/or beam index x_N and/or beam x_N.
- the first information field N does not indicate a beam
- the other first information fields all indicate beams
- the second information field 2 does not indicate a time domain resource
- the other second information fields all indicate a time domain resource
- the beam index x_1 indicated by the first information field 1 corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 indicated by the second information field 1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_1)
- the beam index x_2 indicated by the first information field 2 corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 indicated by the second information field 3.
- the beam index x_N-1 indicated by the first information field N-1 corresponds to the time domain resource index y_N (or the indicated time domain resource y_N) indicated by the second information field N
- the NCR ignores the last first information field N and/or beam index x_N and/or beam x_N, and/or the first information field N must indicate an invalid beam index (beam index x_N is invalid) or does not indicate a beam index or does not indicate a beam.
- the third information field is described below.
- the downlink control information may include a third information field, and the subcarrier spacing SCS indicated by the third information field is applied to all time domain resources indicated by one or more second information fields.
- the downlink control information includes multiple third information fields.
- the second information field and the third information field correspond one to one, and the SCS indicated by different third information fields are applied to the time domain resources indicated by different second information fields.
- the payload size of the downlink control information is determined by a bit width of an information field included in the downlink control information and/or is predefined and/or configured by high-layer signaling.
- the payload size of the downlink control information is not less than a predefined minimum value or a value configured by a higher layer signaling and is not greater than a predefined maximum value or a value configured by a higher layer signaling.
- the predefined minimum value is, for example, 12, and the predefined maximum value is, for example, 140.
- the maximum value is determined by the bit width (maximum value) of the information field of the downlink control information and/or (the maximum value of) the information field.
- '0's can be appended after the last information field in the DCI of the first DCI format until the payload size is equal to the minimum value.
- the payload size N size of the first DCI format is predefined and/or configured by a high-level parameter.
- N size the payload size of the first DCI format is predefined and/or configured by a high-level parameter.
- the payload size of the downlink control information in the first DCI format is the same as or different from the payload size of the downlink control information in the second DCI format.
- the second DCI format is as described above and will not be described again here.
- the DCI payload size of the first DCI format must be the same as the payload size of the DCI of the second DCI format. For example, if the payload size of the DCI of the first DCI format is smaller than that of the DCI of the second DCI format, '0's are appended after the last information field of the DCI of the first DCI format until the payload size is the same as that of the DCI of the second DCI format, or bits in the DCI of the second DCI format are truncated/punctured so that the payload size of the DCI of the second DCI format is the same as that of the DCI of the first DCI format.
- the payload size of the DCI of the first DCI format is larger than that of the DCI of the second DCI format
- '0's are appended after the last information field of the DCI of the DCI of the second DCI format until the payload size is the same as that of the DCI of the first DCI format, or bits in the DCI of the first DCI format are truncated/punctured so that the payload size of the DCI of the first DCI format is the same as that of the DCI of the second DCI format.
- the DCI of the first DCI format and the DCI of the second DCI format are monitored at different SSs, and/or, different RNTIs are used (for example, CRC scrambling).
- the payload size of the DCI in the first DCI format must be different from the payload size of the DCI in the second DCI format. For example, if the payload size of the DCI in the first DCI format is the same as the payload size of the DCI in the second DCI format, some bits (e.g., 1 '0' bit) are added to the DCI in the first DCI format or the DCI in the second DCI format so that the payload sizes of the two are different.
- the DCI in the first DCI format and the DCI in the second DCI format are monitored in the same or different SSs, and/or, the same or different RNTIs are used (e.g., for CRC scrambling).
- a PDCCH used to carry a DCI is composed of one or more CCEs (control-channel elements).
- the aggregation level AL refers to the number of CCEs that constitute a PDCCH.
- the currently supported AL range is shown in Table 14 below.
- the set of PDCCH candidates that the NCR-MT needs to monitor is defined based on a PDCCH search space set.
- the search space SS defines the monitoring timing and the search behavior within the monitoring timing (or, defines how/where to search for PDCCH candidates).
- the NCR-MT in a cell, can be configured with multiple SSs.
- the SS is configured for a portion of the bandwidth BWP (per BWP).
- the index of the SS is for the serving cell (per serving cell).
- Multiple SSs can be configured in one BWP and serving cell.
- SS 0 is associated with CORESET 0 by default.
- the SearchSpace includes high-level parameters for configuring the index of the SS and high-level parameters 5 for configuring the index of the CORESET associated with the SS.
- the NCR-MT can know which CORESET each SS is associated with, and the CORSET associated with the search space and the search space configuration in one or more search space sets for monitoring the downlink control information are in the same BWP or different BWPs.
- a search space set can be a common search space set (CSS set) or a UE-specific search space set (USS set).
- SCS set common search space set
- USS set UE-specific search space set
- NCR-MT can monitor PDCCH (or monitor DCI) in one or more of the following search space sets, for example:
- pdcch-ConfigSIB1 Configured by pdcch-ConfigSIB1 in the master information block MIB or searchSpaceSIB1 in PDCCH-ConfigCommon or searchSpaceZero in PDCCH-ConfigCommon.
- the primary cell Pcell it is used to monitor the DCI format 1_0 scrambled by the system information radio network temporary identifier SI-RNTI for cyclic redundancy check CRC, and the PDSCH scheduled by this DCI is used to carry the system information block SIB1.
- PDCCH-ConfigCommon Configured by searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation in PDCCH-ConfigCommon. On Pcell, it is used to monitor DCI format 1_0 whose CRC is scrambled by SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH scheduled by this DCI is used to carry other system information SI.
- PDCCH-ConfigCommon Configured by ra-SearchSpace in PDCCH-ConfigCommon.
- PScell used to monitor the DCI format with CRC scrambled by RA-RNTI, TC-RNTI, or MsgB-RNTI.
- PDCCH-ConfigCommon Configured by pagingSearchSpace in PDCCH-ConfigCommon. On Pcell, used to monitor DCI format 1_0 with CRC scrambled by P-RNTI.
- one or more search space sets for monitoring downlink control information of the first DCI format include CSS sets and/or USS sets
- the network device can configure the NCR-MT to monitor the DCI of the first DCI format in the CSS sets and/or USS sets
- the CSS set includes, for example, Type3-PDCCH CSS set.
- the network device can configure the NCR-MT to monitor the DCI of the first DCI format on the Pcell, PScell, or Scell.
- the network device configures the NCR-MT to monitor the DCI of the first DCI format on the Pcell, that is, the above-mentioned CSS sets and/or USS sets for monitoring the DCI of the first DCI format are on the Pcell.
- CA/DC carrier aggregation/dual connectivity
- the network device configures the NCR-MT to monitor DCI of the first DCI format on the Pcell and/or PScell and/or Scell, that is, the CSS sets and/or USS sets for monitoring DCI of the first DCI format are respectively on the Pcell or PScell or Scell.
- the CSS sets and/or USS sets for monitoring DCI of the first DCI format may or may not (the network device is configured to be able to or not) be used to monitor DCIs of other DCI formats (for example, DCIs of the legacy DCI format: including DCI formats 1_0, 0_0, 1_1, 0_1, 1_2, 0_2, 2_0, etc.).
- DCIs of the legacy DCI format including DCI formats 1_0, 0_0, 1_1, 0_1, 1_2, 0_2, 2_0, etc.
- the method may further include: the network device sends search space configuration information to the forwarder, the search space configuration information includes a fourth information field, and the fourth information field is used to configure the forwarder to monitor the downlink control information.
- one or more new high-level parameters 6 are introduced in the search space configuration information SearchSpace IE, and the one or more high-level parameters 6 are used to configure the NCR-MT to monitor the DCI of the first DCI format.
- the high-level parameter is conditionally optional, for example, for NCR-MT and/or NCR-MT in FR2 (or FR2-1 and/or FR2-2, and also applicable to other locations) and/or in PDCCH-Config, the parameter is optionally present, that is, it may or may not exist (depending on the network device), otherwise (for example, in PDCCH-ConfigCommon) the parameter does not exist.
- the high-level parameter is conditionally mandatory: for example, for NCR-MT and/or FR2, the parameter is mandatory/must exist, otherwise the parameter does not exist or exists optionally.
- the fourth information field may also include information for configuring the aggregation level and/or information for configuring the number of PDCCH candidates, that is, the parameter may also be used to configure the aggregation level (AL) at the same time, that is, to configure the aggregation level of the PDCCH used to carry the DCI of the first DCI format.
- the parameter may also be used to configure the aggregation level (AL) at the same time, that is, to configure the aggregation level of the PDCCH used to carry the DCI of the first DCI format.
- Example 1 Assume that this parameter is only used to configure NCR-MT to monitor DCI of the first DCI format and is optional. When this parameter exists in SearchSpace, NCR-MT determines AL/PDCCH candidates based on the parameters (e.g., nrofCandidates) used to configure AL in SearchSpace to monitor DCI of the first DCI format. This parameter can be expressed using ASN.1 as:
- Example 2 Assume that this parameter is used to configure the aggregation level (AL) (and the corresponding number of candidates) and is optional.
- the high-level parameters may include a second high-level parameter for configuring the AL (and the corresponding number of candidates).
- the second high-level parameter is optional. If a certain aggregation level (or the corresponding parameter) does not exist, the NCR-MT does not search for any candidates with the aggregation level.
- the network device When this parameter exists in SearchSpace, the network device only configures one aggregation level and the corresponding number of candidates, or multiple aggregation levels and the corresponding number of candidates can be configured. On the other hand, the network device must configure one aggregation level (and the corresponding number of candidates) (or there must be one parameter for configuring AL (and the corresponding number of candidates) in this parameter), or at least one aggregation level (and the corresponding number of candidates) must be configured (or there must be at least one parameter for configuring AL (and the corresponding number of candidates) in this parameter), or the network device may not configure an aggregation level (and the corresponding number of candidates) (or there may not be a parameter for configuring AL (and the corresponding number of candidates) in this parameter).
- the NCR-MT determines AL/PDCCH candidates based on another parameter for configuring AL in the SearchSpace (e.g., nrofCandidates) to monitor the DCI of the first DCI format.
- nrofCandidates is conditionally mandatory: when creating a new SearchSpace, nrofCandidates is mandatory.
- This parameter can be expressed using ASN.1 as:
- the one or more fourth information fields may be included in the high-level parameters (eg, searchSpaceType, searchSpaceType-r18) used to configure the search space type in the search space configuration information.
- searchSpaceType e.g., searchSpaceType, searchSpaceType-r18
- searchSpaceType includes a new high-level parameter 6.
- searchSpaceType can be expressed using ASN.1 as follows:
- searchSpaceType-r18 includes a new high-level parameter 6.
- searchSpaceType-r18 can be expressed using ASN.1 as follows:
- control resource set CORESET is a time-frequency resource corresponding to a monitoring opportunity.
- a control-resource set (CORESET) is composed of resource blocks RB and time domain
- a CCE consists of 6 resource-element groups (REGs), where one REG is equal to one RB during one OFDM symbol.
- the REGs in a CORESET are numbered/indexed in ascending order in the time domain, where the number/index of the lowest numbered RB for the first OFDM symbol in the CORESET is 0.
- NCR-MT can be configured with multiple CORESETs.
- CORESETs are configured per BWP (that is, the configuration information of a CORESET is included in the configuration information of a BWP, and the resources of the CORESET are in the BWP), but the index of the CORESET is per serving cell (that is, the index of a CORESET is used to uniquely identify the CORESET in a cell).
- the former is configured with 3 BWPs and 4 CORESETs: CORESET 0 is in the initial BWP, CORESET 1 and 2 are in BWP 1, and CORESET 3 is in BWP2.
- the latter is configured with 2 BWPs and 3 CORESETs: CORESET 0 is in the initial BWP, and CORESET 1 and CORESET 2 are in BWP1.
- each CORESET is associated with only one/one CCE-to-REG mapping.
- the CCE-to-REG mapping of a CORESET can be non-interleaved or interleaved, described by REG bundles:
- REG bundle i is defined as REGs ⁇ iL,iL+1,...,iL+L-1 ⁇ , where L represents the REG bundle size, and is the number of REGs in this CORESET.
- CCE j consists of REG bundles ⁇ f(6j/L),f(6j/L+1),...,f(6j/L+6/L-1) ⁇ , where f( ⁇ ) is the interleaver.
- L ⁇ 2,6 ⁇ For interleaved CCE-to-REG mapping, L ⁇ 2,6 ⁇ , for And the interleaver is defined as:
- R is provided/given by the higher-level parameter interleaverSize. If the higher-level parameter shiftIndex is provided, then n shift ⁇ 0,1,...,274 ⁇ is provided/given by the higher-level parameter shiftIndex; otherwise is the physical layer cell identifier.
- NCR-MT can assume that if the higher-level parameter precoderGranularity is equal to sameAsREG-bundle, the same precoding is used in a REG bundle; if the higher-level parameter precoderGranularity is equal to allContiguousRBs, the same precoding is used for all REGs in the contiguous RBs set of the CORESET, and there is no overlap between RE and SSB or LTE cell-specific reference signals (e.g., indicated by the higher-level parameters lte-CRS-ToMatchAround, lte-CRS-PatternList1, or lte-CRS-PatternList2) in the CORESET.
- the higher-level parameter precoderGranularity is equal to sameAsREG-bundle, the same precoding is used in a REG bundle; if the higher-level parameter precoderGranularity is equal to allContiguousRBs, the same precoding is used for all REGs in the con
- CORESET 0 configured by ControlResourceSetZero IE: and Provided/given by ControlResourceSetZero.
- CORESET 0 is configured by MIB or SIB1, normal cyclic prefix (CP) is assumed and the same precoding is assumed to be used in one REG bundle.
- CP normal cyclic prefix
- FIG7 is an example of the mapping relationship between PDCCH and physical resources in an embodiment of the present application. Assume that the number of RBs in CORESET is Number of symbols It can be seen that for a PDCCH composed of CCE 0 and CCE 1, the corresponding actual physical resources are different under different CCE-to-REG mappings. Therefore, the network device can perform appropriate configuration according to channel conditions, etc. to ensure the reliability of PDCCH transmission.
- the following describes how the network device in 201 sends the DCI in the first DCI format.
- Figure 8 is a DCI flow chart of the network device and forwarder transmitting the first DCI format according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the sending process includes 1) encoding, and the encoding steps include information element multiplexing, CRC attachment, channel coding, and rate matching; 2) scrambling; 3) modulation; 5) mapping to physical resources; the receiving process includes: 1) demodulation; 2) descrambling; 3) decoding.
- the sending process is further described below in conjunction with FIG. 9 .
- Coding including:
- the information fields in the DCI of the first DCI format are mapped to information bits (or information bits) a 0 to a A-1 in sequence.
- each information field (including zero-padding bits, if any) is mapped in sequence according to the order in the aforementioned embodiment, the first information field is mapped to the lowest order information bit a 0 , and then each consecutive field is mapped to a higher order information bit.
- the most significant bit MSB of each information field is mapped to the lowest order information bit for the information field, for example, the MSB of the first information field is mapped to a 0 .
- Error detection is provided for DCI transmission through a cyclic redundancy check (CRC).
- the CRC of the DCI of the first DCI format is scrambled using a newly introduced RNTI, which is configured only for the repeater.
- the newly introduced RNTI may include: network controlled repeater NCR-RNTI (network controlled repeater RNTI), access link indication ACI-RNTI (access link indication/indicator RNTI), access link beam indication ACBI-RNTI (access link beam indication/indicator RNTI), beam indication BI-RNTI (beam indicator/indication/index RNTI), aperiodic beam indication ABI-RNTI (aperiodic beam indication RNTI), side control information SCI-RNTI (side control information RNTI) etc.
- NCR-RNTI network controlled repeater RNTI
- ACI-RNTI access link indication/indicator RNTI
- access link beam indication ACBI-RNTI access link beam indication/indicator RNTI
- the newly introduced RNTI is configured through high-level signaling.
- a new high-level parameter 7 is introduced, and the high-level parameter 7 is used to configure the RNTI for scrambling the DCI of the first DCI format.
- the high-level parameter 7 is optional (optional, or optional) or conditionally optionally present (conditionally optionally present) or conditionally mandatory (conditional mandatory).
- the high-level parameter 7 is optional, otherwise, the high-level parameter 7 does not exist.
- the high-level parameter 7 must exist (mandatory), otherwise, the high-level parameter 7 does not exist.
- a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , ..., a A-1 denote the bits of the payload (or input bits)
- p 0 , p 1 , p 2 , p 3 , ..., p L-1 denote the parity bits
- A is the size of the payload
- L1 is the number of parity bits
- L 24.
- the generator polynomial (1) is used to calculate the check bit and append the bit sequence as input.
- the output bits b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , b 3 , ..., b K-1 are:
- K A+L1 which represents the number of information bits.
- the CRC check bits are scrambled with the bits of the new RNTI, that is, after attachment, the CRC check bits are scrambled by the above RNTI x rnti,0 , x rnti,1 , ..., x rnti,15 to form a bit sequence c 0 , c 1 , c 2 , c 3 , ..., c K-1 , where x rnti,0 corresponds to the MSB of the RNTI.
- the relationship between c k and b k is:
- the above bit sequence (or information bit) c 0 , c 1 , c 2 , c 3 , ..., c K-1 is encoded using Polar coding, and the encoded information bits are represented by d 0 , d 1 , d 2 , d 3 , ..., d N-1 , where N is the number of encoded information bits.
- the above bit sequence (or information bit) d 0 , d 1 , d 2 , d 3 , ..., d N-1 is used as input for rate matching.
- the output bit sequence after rate matching is characterized by f 0 , f 1 , f 2 , f 3 , ..., f E-1 , where E is the number of information bits after rate matching or the length of the rate matching output sequence.
- the information bits are scrambled.
- bit block (or bit sequence, or information bit) is b(0),...,b(M bit -1), where M bit is the number of bits to be sent on the physical channel (PDCCH).
- the PDCCH carrying the downlink control information is scrambled using a scrambling sequence, and the scrambling sequence is initialized according to the first parameter and the second parameter, that is, the scrambling sequence c(i) can be used for scrambling according to (2) to obtain a scrambled bit block
- the scrambling sequence c(i) is a pseudo-random sequence.
- First parameter for n ID , when the network device configures scrambling ID information for CORESET, the first parameter is determined according to the scrambling ID information.
- the network device does not configure scrambling ID information for CORESET, and the first parameter is determined according to the cell ID.
- n ID ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,...,65535 ⁇ is equal to the higher-layer parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID, otherwise,
- DCI of the first DCI format is sent in the CSS, (For example, (protocol provisions) (the associated CORESET) cannot be configured with the higher-level parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID); or, if (the associated CORESET) is configured with the higher-level parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID, n ID ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,...,65535 ⁇ is equal to the higher-level parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID, otherwise,
- Second parameter for n RNTI , when the network device configures scrambling ID information for CORESET, the second parameter is provided by C-RNTI; or, when the downlink control information is sent in the CSS, the network device does not configure scrambling ID information for CORESET, and the second parameter is 0.
- Generic pseudo-random sequences are defined by the length-31 Gold sequence.
- x 1 (n+31) (x 1 (n+3)+x 1 (n))mod 2
- x 2 (n+31) (x 2 (n+3)+x 2 (n+2)+x 2 (n+1)+x 2 (n))mod 2
- N c 1600
- the second m-sequence x 2 (n) is initialized by c init .
- the modulation symbols d(0),...,d(M symbol -1) are sequentially mapped to resource elements (REs) (k,l) p, ⁇ of the PDCCH DMRS not used for association of the PDDCH to be monitored, in ascending order of frequency domain index k first and then time domain index l.
- AL aggregation level
- the modulation symbols corresponding to PDCCH 0 are d(0),...,d(M symbol -1), (Optionally, after being scaled by factor ⁇ PDCCH ) mapped to REs not used for DMRS in CCE0 (or REGs0-5) in the order of frequency domain first and time domain second (RE frequency domain index k ascending first and time domain index l ascending).
- the DMRS reference signal sequence of the PDCCH carrying the downlink control information is initialized according to the aforementioned first parameter.
- the UE assumes that the reference signal sequence r l (m) of OFDM symbol l is defined as:
- the definition of the pseudo-random sequence c(i) is introduced below.
- the pseudo-random sequence generator is composed of Initialization.
- l is the OFDM symbol number in the time slot. is the slot number in a frame, for N ID ⁇ 0,1,...,65535 ⁇ :
- n ID ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,...,65535 ⁇ is equal to the higher-layer parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID, otherwise,
- DCI of the first DCI format is sent in the CSS, (For example, (protocol provisions) (the associated CORESET) cannot be configured with the higher-level parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID); or, if (the associated CORESET) is configured with the higher-level parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID, n ID ⁇ ⁇ 0,1,...,65535 ⁇ is equal to the higher-level parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID, otherwise,
- the PDCCH DMRS when mapped to physical resources, can be wideband mapped or narrowband mapped.
- the reference signal sequence r l (m) is mapped to REs (k, l) p, ⁇ , where (k, l) p, ⁇ represents a resource element with frequency domain index k and time domain index l for antenna port p and subcarrier spacing configuration ⁇ :
- n 0,1,...
- these REs(k,l) p, ⁇ are in the REGs that make up the PDCCH that the UE will try to decode, that is, narrowband mapping. If precoderGranularity is equal to allContiguousRBs, these REs(k,l) p, ⁇ are in all REGs of the contiguous resource block set in the CORESET where the UE will try to decode the PDCCH, that is, wideband mapping.
- FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B are two example diagrams of PDCCH DMRS in the case of broadband mapping and narrowband mapping.
- all RBs in CORESET are continuous (i.e., there is only one continuous RBs set), and in the second example diagram, CORESET includes discontinuous RBs (two continuous RBs sets, respectively).
- CCE-to-REG mapping is interleaved, and one PDCCH corresponds to a discontinuous REG.
- all REGs in the continuous RBs set in CORESET where PDCCH is located are used to send DMRS, that is, in the continuous RBs set, even if one REG is not used to send PDCCH, it will be used to send DMRS, thereby improving the accuracy of channel estimation.
- all REGs where PDCCH is located are used to send DMRS, that is, if one REG is not used to send PDCCH, it is not used to send DMRS, thereby saving resources.
- the method further includes: the network device sends first configuration information to the forwarder, the first configuration information including information indicating the number of the first information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the first information field, and/or information indicating the number of the second information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the second information field, and/or information indicating the payload size of the downlink control information, and/or information indicating the RNTI used by the CRC of the downlink control information.
- the first configuration information for example, includes any one of the above high-level parameters 1 to 5, 7, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto, and the above high-level parameters 1 to 5, 7 may be the same or different.
- the method may further include: the network device receives capability information sent by the forwarder, the capability information including or not including fifth information for indicating whether/how the forwarder supports the first DCI format.
- the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: information for indicating whether the forwarder supports the first DCI format; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports monitoring DCI of the first DCI format in the CSS; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports monitoring DCI of the first DCI format in the USS; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports dynamic access link beam indication; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports dynamic edge control information.
- the capability information will be described in the embodiment of the second aspect described later.
- the beam of the repeater can be indicated through the DCI in the first DCI format, and the beam of the repeater can be controlled by the network device so that the beam of the repeater when forwarding (forwarding downlink/uplink signals) can match the beam of the terminal device that receives/sends the signal, thereby improving the effect of amplifying/enhancing the signal, while reducing interference to other devices in the network and improving network throughput.
- An embodiment of the present application provides an information receiving method, which is described from the perspective of a repeater, and the contents that are the same as those in the embodiment of the first aspect will not be repeated.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an information receiving method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the method includes:
- a forwarder receives downlink control information sent by a network device, where the downlink control information is in a first DCI format, and includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing.
- FIG. 12 is only a schematic illustration of the embodiment of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto.
- the execution order between the various operations can be appropriately adjusted, and other operations can be added or some operations can be reduced.
- Those skilled in the art can make appropriate modifications based on the above content, and are not limited to the description of the above FIG. 12.
- the first information field, the second information field, the arrangement of the first information field and the second information field, the corresponding relationship, and the payload of DCI please refer to the embodiment of the first aspect, which will not be described again here.
- the following specifically describes how the forwarder receives the DCI in the first DCI format (how to determine the PDCCH candidate set for monitoring the DCI).
- the NCR-MT monitors a set of PDCCH candidates on one or more CORESETs on an active DL BWP according to corresponding SS sets, wherein monitoring refers to decoding each PDCCH candidate according to DCIs of the monitored DCI format.
- the downlink control information is carried by a PDCCH candidate in the PDCCH candidate set.
- nRNTI is C-RNTI or the newly introduced RNTI (for example, the USS is used to send DCI of the first DCI format or when the NCR-MT monitors the DCI of the first DCI format at the USS, the CCE (starting CCE) index of the PDCCH candidate set is related to (equal to) the new RNTI).
- N CCE,p represents the number of CCEs of CORESET p, and these CCEs are numbered from 0 to N CCE,p -1.
- n CI is :
- nCI 0.
- n CI 0. If the NCR-MT is configured with a carrier indication field by CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig, n CI is the value of the carrier indication field (corresponding to the serving cell).
- the forwarder monitors the downlink control information of the first DCI format on a CSS and/or USS configured to monitor the first DCI format.
- a CSS is configured to monitor the DCI of the first DCI format
- n CI 1
- N CCE,p 32
- the NCR-MT monitors the DCI of the first DCI format at PDCCH candidate 0 (composed of CCEs 0 to 7) and PDCCH candidate 1 (composed of CCEs 8 to 15).
- the method may further include: the forwarder sends capability information to the network device, the capability information including or not including fifth information for indicating whether/how the forwarder supports the first DCI format.
- the fifth information includes one or more of the following information: information for indicating whether the forwarder (hereinafter the forwarder may be replaced by NCR-MT or NCR-Fwd or NCR) supports the first DCI format; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports monitoring DCI of the first DCI format in the CSS; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports monitoring DCI of the first DCI format in the USS; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports dynamic access link beam indication; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports dynamic edge control information.
- the fifth information mentioned above can be defined in the protocol, and the fifth information can be defined as optional or mandatory or conditionally mandatory.
- optional means that different forwarders can selectively support the function or feature corresponding to the fifth information, and send the corresponding fifth information when supported, and not send the corresponding fifth information when not supported.
- mandatory means that the fifth information is mandatory and/or the function or feature corresponding to the fifth information is mandatory, all forwarders support the function or feature corresponding to the fifth information, and/or all need to send the fifth information.
- conditionally mandatory means that the fifth information is mandatory and/or the function or feature corresponding to the fifth information is conditionally mandatory, which means that, under certain circumstances, the forwarder must support the function or feature corresponding to the fifth information and/or must send the fifth information.
- the fifth information is mandatory, and if the operating frequency band is FR1, the fifth information may be optional or not mandatory.
- the fifth information is mandatory, otherwise the fifth information may be optional.
- the fifth information is mandatory, otherwise the fifth information may be optional.
- the fifth information may not be defined (correspondingly, the capability information does not include the fifth information).
- the forwarder supports the DCI in the first DCI format by default, that is, all forwarders support the DCI in the first DCI format, that is, the function or feature of the DCI in the first DCI format is mandatory for the forwarder.
- FIG. 14 is a flow chart of information transmission between a network device and a forwarder according to an embodiment of the present application, including:
- the network device sends a UE capability query (UECapabilityEnquiry) to the forwarder
- the forwarder sends capability information (UECapabilityInformation) to the network device;
- UECapabilityInformation capability information
- the network device sends configuration information to the forwarder
- the network device sends or does not send the DCI in the first DCI format to the forwarder.
- the network device in order to enable NCR-MT to correctly monitor and receive DCI in the first DCI format, the network device needs to first send some configuration information to NCR-MT, including at least one of the aforementioned first configuration information, search space configuration information, RNTI configuration, and CORESET configuration.
- NCR-MT may need to send some capability information related to the functions supported by itself to the network device. All or part of these configuration information and capability information can be sent/interacted via RRC signaling, MAC signaling, or OAM. Based on this information interaction, the network device and NCR-MT perform or do not perform DCI transmission and reception in the first DCI format.
- Steps 1401, 1402, and 1403 described in the above embodiments of the present application can be implemented separately or in combination, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto. Please refer to the above embodiments for the specific content and sending method of the capability information, configuration information, and DCI in the first DCI format, which will not be repeated here.
- the beam of the repeater can be indicated through the DCI in the first DCI format, and the network device can control the repeater so that the beam of the repeater during forwarding can match the beam of the terminal device that receives the forwarded signal, thereby improving the effect of amplifying/enhancing the signal, while reducing interference to other devices in the network and improving network throughput.
- An embodiment of the present application provides a repeater, which may be, for example, the aforementioned NCR, or a network device or terminal device with a forwarding function, or one or more parts or components configured in the NCR, network device or terminal device.
- Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of a repeater according to an embodiment of the present application. Since the principle of solving the problem by the repeater is the same as the method of the embodiment of the first aspect, its specific implementation can refer to the embodiment of the second aspect, and the same contents will not be repeated.
- the forwarder 1500 further includes:
- the receiving unit 1501 receives downlink control information sent by a network device, where the downlink control information is in a first DCI format, and includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing.
- the first information field, the second information field, the arrangement of the first information field and the second information field, the corresponding relationship, the DCI payload, and how to receive the DCI in the first DCI format please refer to the first and second embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
- FIG. 15 only exemplifies the connection relationship or signal direction between various components or modules, but it should be clear to those skilled in the art that various related technologies such as bus connection can be used.
- the above-mentioned various components or modules can be implemented by hardware facilities such as processors, memories, transmitters, and receivers; the implementation of this application is not limited to this.
- the beam of the repeater can be indicated through the DCI in the first DCI format, and the network device can control the repeater so that the beam of the repeater during forwarding can match the beam of the terminal device that receives the forwarded signal, thereby improving the effect of amplifying/enhancing the signal, while reducing interference to other devices in the network and improving network throughput.
- An embodiment of the present application provides a network device.
- Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. Since the principle of solving the problem by the network device is the same as the method of the embodiment of the first aspect, its specific implementation can refer to the embodiment of the first aspect, and the same contents will not be repeated.
- the network device 1600 of the embodiment of the present application includes:
- a sending unit 1601 sends downlink control information to a repeater, where the downlink control information is in a first DCI format, and the downlink control information includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing.
- the first information field, the second information field, the arrangement of the first information field and the second information field, the corresponding relationship, the DCI payload, and how to send the DCI in the first DCI format please refer to the embodiment of the first aspect and will not be repeated here.
- the network device 1600 of the embodiment of the present application may also include other components or modules, and the specific contents of these components or modules may refer to the relevant technology.
- FIG. 16 only exemplifies the connection relationship or signal direction between various components or modules, but it should be clear to those skilled in the art that various related technologies such as bus connection can be used.
- the above-mentioned various components or modules can be implemented by hardware facilities such as processors, memories, transmitters, and receivers; the implementation of this application is not limited to this.
- the beam of the repeater can be indicated through the DCI in the first DCI format, and the network device can control the repeater so that the beam of the repeater during forwarding can match the beam of the terminal device that receives the forwarded signal, thereby improving the effect of amplifying/enhancing the signal, while reducing interference to other devices in the network and improving network throughput.
- FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the communication system of the embodiment of the present application.
- the communication system includes a network device 101, a repeater 102, and a terminal device 103.
- FIG1 only illustrates one network device, one repeater, and two terminal devices as an example, but the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
- existing services or future implementable services can be transmitted between the network device 101 and the terminal device 103.
- these services may include, but are not limited to: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), massive machine type communication (mMTC), highly reliable and low latency communication (URLLC) and vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, etc.
- eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
- mMTC massive machine type communication
- URLLC highly reliable and low latency communication
- V2X vehicle-to-everything
- An embodiment of the present application also provides an electronic device, which is, for example, a repeater or a network device.
- FIG17 is a schematic diagram of the composition of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the electronic device 1700 may include: a processor 1710 (e.g., a central processing unit CPU) and a memory 1720; the memory 1720 is coupled to the processor 1710.
- the memory 1720 may store various data; in addition, it may store a program 1730 for information processing, and the program 1730 may be executed under the control of the processor 1710.
- the processor 1710 may be configured to execute a program to implement the information sending method as described in the embodiment of the first aspect.
- the processor 1710 may be configured to execute a program to implement the information receiving method as described in the embodiment of the second aspect.
- the processor 1710 may be configured to execute a program to implement at least one of steps 1400 - 1403 described in the embodiment of the second aspect.
- the electronic device 1700 may further include: a transceiver 1740 and an antenna 1750, etc.; wherein the functions of the above components are similar to those in the prior art and are not described in detail here. It is worth noting that the electronic device 1700 does not necessarily include all the components shown in FIG17 ; in addition, the electronic device 1700 may also include components not shown in FIG17 , which may refer to the prior art.
- An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable program, wherein when the program is executed in a network device, the program enables a computer to execute the information sending method described in the embodiment of the first aspect in the network device.
- An embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium storing a computer-readable program, wherein the computer-readable program enables a computer to execute the information sending method described in the embodiment of the first aspect in a network device.
- An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable program, wherein when the program is executed in a repeater, the program enables a computer to execute the information receiving method described in the embodiment of the second aspect in the repeater.
- An embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium storing a computer-readable program, wherein the computer-readable program enables a computer to execute the information receiving method described in the embodiment of the second aspect in a repeater.
- the above devices and methods of the present application can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware combined with software.
- the present application relates to such a computer-readable program, which, when executed by a logic component, enables the logic component to implement the above-mentioned devices or components, or enables the logic component to implement the various methods or steps described above.
- Logic components are such as field programmable logic components, microprocessors, processors used in computers, etc.
- the present application also relates to storage media for storing the above programs, such as hard disks, magnetic disks, optical disks, DVDs, flash memories, etc.
- the method/device described in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as hardware, a software module executed by a processor, or a combination of the two.
- one or more of the functional block diagrams shown in the figure and/or one or more combinations of the functional block diagrams may correspond to various software modules of the computer program flow or to various hardware modules.
- These software modules may correspond to the various steps shown in the figure, respectively.
- These hardware modules may be implemented by solidifying these software modules, for example, using a field programmable gate array (FPGA).
- FPGA field programmable gate array
- the software module may be located in a RAM memory, a flash memory, a ROM memory, an EPROM memory, an EEPROM memory, a register, a hard disk, a removable disk, a CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art.
- a storage medium may be coupled to a processor so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium; or the storage medium may be an integral part of the processor.
- the processor and the storage medium may be located in an ASIC.
- the software module may be stored in a memory of a mobile terminal or in a memory card that can be inserted into the mobile terminal.
- the software module may be stored in the MEGA-SIM card or the large-capacity flash memory device.
- the functional blocks described in the drawings and/or one or more combinations of functional blocks it can be implemented as a general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (DSP), application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component or any appropriate combination thereof for performing the functions described in the present application.
- DSP digital signal processor
- ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
- FPGA field programmable gate array
- it can also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, such as a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in communication with a DSP, or any other such configuration.
- a method for sending information, applied to a network device characterized in that the method comprises:
- the network device sends downlink control information to the forwarder, where the downlink control information is in a first DCI format, and the downlink control information includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing.
- a first information field is used to indicate a beam index, or at most one beam index, or multiple beam indexes.
- the beam index includes a beam index of a corresponding beam and/or a beam index of a non-corresponding beam.
- bit value of the first information field includes a bit value with a corresponding beam index and/or a bit value without a corresponding beam index.
- bit width of the first information field is predefined and/or configured or indicated by high-level signaling.
- bit width of the first information field is related to the number of corresponding beam indices and/or the number of valid beam indices and/or the number of beams.
- a second information field is used to indicate a time domain resource index, or at most one time domain resource index, or multiple time domain resource indexes.
- the second information domain corresponds to a time domain resource table
- the time domain resource table includes one or more time domain resource configurations, wherein each time domain resource configuration includes one time domain resource or multiple time domain resources or includes no time domain resources.
- time domain resource index includes a time domain resource index corresponding to a time domain resource and/or a time domain resource index not corresponding to a time domain resource.
- bit value of the second information field includes a bit value with a corresponding time domain resource index and/or a bit value without a corresponding time domain resource index.
- bit width of the second information field is predefined and/or configured or indicated by high-level signaling.
- bit width of the second information field is related to the number of configurations of the corresponding time domain resource table and/or the number of time domain resource indexes and/or the number of valid time domain resource indexes.
- a beam indicated by a first information field corresponds to a time domain resource
- beams indicated by different first information fields correspond to different time domain resources indicated by a second information field
- beams indicated by multiple first information fields correspond to the same time domain resource
- beams indicated by different first information fields in multiple first information fields correspond to different frequency domain resources
- a beam indicated by a first information field corresponds to multiple time domain resources indicated by a second information field
- a beam indicated by a first information field corresponds to a time domain resource indicated by a second information field
- beams indicated by different first information fields correspond to time domain resources indicated by different second information fields
- beams indicated by multiple first information fields correspond to the same time domain resource indicated by the second information field
- beams indicated by different first information fields in multiple first information fields correspond to different frequency domain resources and/or different time domain resources indicated by the same second information field
- a beam indicated by a first information field corresponds to multiple time domain resources indicated by the second information field.
- a method according to any one of Notes 1 to 22, wherein the correspondence between the time domain resources indicated by the first information field and the second information field is determined according to the order in which the first information field is listed in the downlink control information, and/or whether the first information field indicates a beam or indicates a valid beam index or indicates a beam index, and/or the order in which the time domain resources indicated by the second information field are listed in the time domain resource table configuration, and/or the order in which the time domain resources indicated by the second information field are in the time domain, and/or the order in which the second information field is listed in the downlink control information, and/or whether the second information field indicates a time domain resource or indicates a valid time domain resource index or indicates a time domain resource index.
- a first number of first information fields indicate a beam or indicate a valid beam index or indicate a beam index
- a second information field indicates the first number of time domain resources
- a second information field indicates no less than the first number of time domain resources.
- a method according to any one of Notes 1 to 23, wherein a first number of first information fields among all the first information fields indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, and a second number of second information fields among all the second information fields indicate time domain resources or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index, and the second number is equal to the first number, or the second number is greater than the first number, or the first number is greater than the second number.
- nth first information field indicates an invalid beam index or does not indicate a beam or does not indicate a beam index
- the nth first information field and/or the n+1th and subsequent first information fields are ignored by the repeater, and/or the nth and subsequent second information fields are ignored by the repeater, and/or the nth and subsequent second information fields indicate an invalid time domain resource index or do not indicate a time domain resource or do not indicate a time domain resource index.
- the payload size of the downlink control information is not less than a minimum value predefined or configured by high-level signaling and is not greater than a maximum value predefined or configured by high-level signaling.
- search space sets used to monitor the downlink control information include CSS sets and/or USS sets.
- the network device sends search space configuration information to the forwarder, where the search space configuration information includes a fourth information field, and the fourth information field is used to configure the forwarder to monitor the downlink control information.
- the fourth information field includes information for configuring an aggregation level and/or information for configuring the number of PDCCH candidates.
- the network device sends first configuration information to the forwarder, the first configuration information including information indicating the number of the first information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the first information field, and/or information indicating the number of the second information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the second information field, and/or information indicating the payload size of the downlink control information, and/or information indicating the RNTI used by the CRC of the downlink control information.
- the network device receives the capability information sent by the forwarder, where the capability information includes or does not include fifth information for indicating whether/how the forwarder supports the first DCI format.
- An information receiving method applied to a repeater, characterized in that the method comprises:
- the forwarder receives downlink control information sent by a network device, where the downlink control information is in a first DCI format, and includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing.
- a method wherein the forwarder monitors a PDCCH candidate set in one or more CORESETs, and the downlink control information is carried by a PDCCH candidate in the PDCCH candidate set, wherein when the forwarder monitors the downlink control information in the first DCI format on a USS, the CCE index of the PDCCH candidate set is related to a new RNTI.
- a method for sending information wherein the method is applied to a network device, the method comprising:
- the network device sends search space configuration information to the forwarder, where the search space configuration information includes a fourth information field, where the fourth information field is used to configure the forwarder to monitor downlink control information in a first DCI format, and/or,
- the network device sends first configuration information to the forwarder, and the first configuration information includes information indicating the number of the first information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the first information field, and/or information indicating the number of the second information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the second information field, and/or information indicating the payload size of the downlink control information, and/or information indicating the RNTI used by the CRC of the downlink control information.
- the forwarder receives search space configuration information sent by a network device, where the search space configuration information includes a fourth information field, where the fourth information field is used to configure the forwarder to monitor downlink control information in a first DCI format, and/or,
- the forwarder receives first configuration information sent by a network device, wherein the first configuration information includes information indicating the number of the first information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the first information field, and/or information indicating the number of the second information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the second information field, and/or information indicating the payload size of the downlink control information, and/or information indicating the RNTI used by the CRC of the downlink control information.
- the network device receives capability information sent by the forwarder, and the capability information includes or does not include fifth information for indicating whether/how the forwarder supports the first DCI format.
- a method for sending information wherein the method is applied to a repeater, the method comprising:
- the forwarder sends capability information to the network device, where the capability information includes or does not include fifth information indicating whether/how the forwarder supports the first DCI format.
- a repeater comprising a memory and a processor, wherein the memory stores a computer program, and the processor is configured to execute the computer program to implement the method as described in any one of Notes 51 to 53 or 55 or 57.
- a network device comprising a memory and a processor, wherein the memory stores a computer program, and the processor is configured to execute the computer program to implement the method as described in any one of Notes 1 to 50 or 54 or 56.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
- Radio Relay Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请涉及通信技术领域。The present application relates to the field of communication technology.
与传统的3G(第三代移动通信技术)、4G(第四代移动通信技术)系统相比,5G(第五代移动通信技术)系统能够提供更大的带宽以及更高的数据率,并且能够支持更多类型的终端和垂直业务。Compared with traditional 3G (third generation mobile communication technology) and 4G (fourth generation mobile communication technology) systems, 5G (fifth generation mobile communication technology) systems can provide larger bandwidth and higher data rates, and can support more types of terminals and vertical services.
为此,除了传统电信频谱以外,5G系统也被部署在新频谱上,新频谱的频率明显高于3G和4G系统使用的传统电信频谱。例如,5G系统可以部署在毫米波波段(28GHz,38GHz,60GHz以及以上等等)。To this end, in addition to the traditional telecommunication spectrum, 5G systems are also deployed on new spectrum, which has significantly higher frequencies than the traditional telecommunication spectrum used by 3G and 4G systems. For example, 5G systems can be deployed in the millimeter wave band (28GHz, 38GHz, 60GHz and above, etc.).
根据无线信号的传播规律,其所在载波的频率越高、信号在传播过程中遇到的衰落越严重。因此,实际部署中,5G系统比以往的3G、4G系统更需要小区覆盖增强方法,特别是部署在毫米波频段的5G系统。如何更好地增强5G系统小区覆盖,成为亟待解决的问题。According to the propagation law of wireless signals, the higher the frequency of the carrier, the more severe the signal fading will be during the propagation process. Therefore, in actual deployment, 5G systems need cell coverage enhancement methods more than previous 3G and 4G systems, especially 5G systems deployed in the millimeter wave frequency band. How to better enhance the cell coverage of 5G systems has become an urgent problem to be solved.
应该注意,上面对技术背景的介绍只是为了方便对本申请的技术方案进行清楚、完整的说明,并方便本领域技术人员的理解而阐述的。不能仅仅因为这些方案在本申请的背景技术部分进行了阐述而认为上述技术方案为本领域技术人员所公知。It should be noted that the above introduction to the technical background is only for the convenience of providing a clear and complete description of the technical solutions of the present application and facilitating the understanding of those skilled in the art. It cannot be considered that the above technical solutions are well known to those skilled in the art simply because they are described in the background technology section of the present application.
发明内容Summary of the invention
为了更好的解决蜂窝移动通信系统在实际部署中的覆盖问题,采用射频转发器(RF Relay/Repeater)放大和转发终端设备与网络设备之间的通信信号,是比较常用的部署手段。射频转发器在3G系统和4G系统的实际部署中具有较为广泛的应用。通常来说,射频转发器是一种在射频域放大(amplify)和转发(forward)设备往来信号的设备。也就是说,射频转发器是一种非再生类型的中继节点,它们只是将接收到的所有信号直接放大并转发。In order to better solve the coverage problem of cellular mobile communication systems in actual deployment, it is a common deployment method to use RF relays (RF Relay/Repeater) to amplify and forward the communication signals between terminal devices and network devices. RF repeaters are widely used in the actual deployment of 3G systems and 4G systems. Generally speaking, an RF repeater is a device that amplifies and forwards the signals between devices in the RF domain. In other words, RF repeaters are a type of non-regenerative relay node that simply amplifies and forwards all received signals.
发明人发现,针对5G系统在部署中遇到的覆盖问题,采用传统射频转发器进行覆盖增强是可行的解决方案之一。但是,由于传统射频转发器的转发行为不受控于网 络设备,一方面,其放大转发目标信号的效果可能不理想,另一方面,其可能对网络中其他设备造成明显干扰,提升系统的噪声和干扰水平,进而降低网络吞吐量。具体地,以天线方向为例,相比于2G、3G和4G系统,5G系统采用了更为高级和复杂的MIMO(多进多出)技术。在5G系统中,尤其针对较高的载波频率,有向天线成为网络设备与终端设备的基本部件,基于波束赋形(Beamforming)技术发送和接收信号是5G系统中基本的信号传输方式。网络设备和终端设备的(模拟)波束方向、宽度等可能由于位置变化等因素动态变化(也就是波束切换)。然而,传统射频转发器的天线不可动态地调整方向、波束较宽,其收发天线的波束方向、波束宽度不能灵活匹配基站和终端设备的位置以及收发天线的波束方向、宽度的动态变化。这样的射频转发器配置在5G系统中,一方面,其可能由于其收发天线的波束方向、波束宽度和网络设备和终端设备的收发天线的波束方向、宽度的动态变化不匹配,放大/增强目标信号的性能/效果不显著,另一方面,其可能由于采用较宽的发送波束也对较大范围内的其它设备(e.g.网络设备或者终端设备)造成明显干扰,提升整个系统的噪声和干扰水平,进而降低网络吞吐量。但是,目前还没有如何由网络设备控制转发器的转发行为的方法。The inventors have found that one of the feasible solutions to the coverage problems encountered in the deployment of 5G systems is to use traditional RF repeaters to enhance coverage. However, since the forwarding behavior of traditional RF repeaters is not controlled by network devices, on the one hand, the effect of amplifying and forwarding the target signal may not be ideal. On the other hand, it may cause significant interference to other devices in the network, increase the noise and interference level of the system, and thus reduce network throughput. Specifically, taking the antenna direction as an example, compared with 2G, 3G and 4G systems, the 5G system adopts a more advanced and complex MIMO (multiple-input and multiple-output) technology. In the 5G system, especially for higher carrier frequencies, directional antennas become basic components of network devices and terminal devices, and sending and receiving signals based on beamforming technology is the basic signal transmission method in the 5G system. The (analog) beam direction, width, etc. of network devices and terminal devices may change dynamically (that is, beam switching) due to factors such as position changes. However, the antenna of a traditional RF repeater cannot dynamically adjust its direction and has a wide beam. The beam direction and beam width of its transceiver antenna cannot flexibly match the location of the base station and terminal device and the dynamic changes of the beam direction and width of the transceiver antenna. When such a RF repeater is configured in a 5G system, on the one hand, it may not have a significant performance/effect of amplifying/enhancing the target signal due to the mismatch between the beam direction and beam width of its transceiver antenna and the dynamic changes of the beam direction and width of the transceiver antenna of the network device and the terminal device. On the other hand, it may cause significant interference to other devices (e.g. network devices or terminal devices) within a larger range due to the use of a wider transmission beam, thereby increasing the noise and interference level of the entire system and reducing the network throughput. However, there is currently no method for the network device to control the forwarding behavior of the repeater.
针对上述问题的至少之一,本申请实施例提供了一种信息发送方法、信息接收方法、转发器和网络设备。In response to at least one of the above problems, an embodiment of the present application provides an information sending method, an information receiving method, a repeater and a network device.
根据本申请实施例的一方面,提供一种网络设备,包括:According to one aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a network device is provided, including:
发送单元,其接收网络设备发送的下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息是第一DCI格式,所述下行控制信息包括用于指示波束的一个或多个第一信息域,和/或,用于指示时域资源的一个或多个第二信息域,和/或,用于指示子载波间隔的一个或多个第三信息域。A sending unit receives downlink control information sent by a network device, wherein the downlink control information is in a first DCI format, and the downlink control information includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing.
根据本申请实施例的另一方面,提供一种转发器,包括:According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a repeater is provided, including:
接收单元,其向转发器发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息是第一DCI格式,所述下行控制信息包括用于指示波束的一个或多个第一信息域,和/或,用于指示时域资源的一个或多个第二信息域,和/或,用于指示子载波间隔的一个或多个第三信息域。A receiving unit sends downlink control information to a repeater, wherein the downlink control information is in a first DCI format, and the downlink control information includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing.
根据本申请实施例的另一方面,提供一种通信系统,包括:前述一方面的转发器和/或前述一方面的网络设备。According to another aspect of an embodiment of the present application, a communication system is provided, comprising: the repeater of the aforementioned aspect and/or the network device of the aforementioned aspect.
本申请实施例的有益效果之一在于:可以通过第一DCI格式的DCI进行针对转发器的波束的指示,可以通过网络设备对转发器的波束的控制使转发器进行转发时(转发下行/上行信号)的波束能够与接收/发送信号的终端设备的波束匹配,从而提高放大/增强信号的效果,同时减小对网络中其他设备的干扰,提升网络吞吐量。One of the beneficial effects of the embodiments of the present application is that the beam of the repeater can be indicated through the DCI in the first DCI format, and the beam of the repeater can be controlled by the network device so that the beam of the repeater when forwarding (forwarding downlink/uplink signals) can match the beam of the terminal device that receives/sends the signal, thereby improving the effect of amplifying/enhancing the signal, while reducing interference to other devices in the network and improving network throughput.
参照后文的说明和附图,详细公开了本申请的特定实施方式,指明了本申请的原理可以被采用的方式。应该理解,本申请的实施方式在范围上并不因而受到限制。在所附权利要求的精神和条款的范围内,本申请的实施方式包括许多改变、修改和等同。With reference to the following description and accompanying drawings, the specific embodiments of the present application are disclosed in detail, indicating the way in which the principles of the present application can be adopted. It should be understood that the embodiments of the present application are not limited in scope. Within the scope of the spirit and clauses of the appended claims, the embodiments of the present application include many changes, modifications and equivalents.
针对一种实施方式描述和/或示出的特征可以以相同或类似的方式在一个或更多个其它实施方式中使用,与其它实施方式中的特征相组合或替代其它实施方式中的特征。Features described and/or illustrated with respect to one embodiment may be used in the same or similar manner in one or more other embodiments, combined with features in other embodiments, or substituted for features in other embodiments.
应该强调,术语“包括/包含”在本文使用时指特征、整件、步骤或组件的存在,但并不排除一个或更多个其它特征、整件、步骤或组件的存在或附加。It should be emphasized that the term “include/comprises” when used herein refers to the presence of features, integers, steps or components, but does not exclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, steps or components.
在本申请实施例的一个附图或一种实施方式中描述的元素和特征可以与一个或更多个其它附图或实施方式中示出的元素和特征相结合。此外,在附图中,类似的标号表示几个附图中对应的部件,并可用于指示多于一种实施方式中使用的对应部件。The elements and features described in one figure or one implementation of the present application embodiment may be combined with the elements and features shown in one or more other figures or implementations. In addition, in the accompanying drawings, similar reference numerals represent corresponding parts in several figures and can be used to indicate corresponding parts used in more than one implementation.
所包括的附图用来提供对本申请实施例的进一步的理解,其构成了说明书的一部分,用于例示本申请的实施方式,并与文字描述一起来阐释本申请的原理。显而易见地,下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例,对于本领域普通技术人员来讲,在不付出创造性劳动的前提下,还可以根据这些附图获得其它的附图。在附图中:The included drawings are used to provide a further understanding of the embodiments of the present application, which constitute a part of the specification, are used to illustrate the implementation methods of the present application, and together with the text description, explain the principles of the present application. Obviously, the drawings described below are only some embodiments of the present application. For ordinary technicians in this field, other drawings can be obtained based on these drawings without creative work. In the drawings:
图1是本申请实施例的通信系统的一示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请实施例的信息发送方法的一示意图;FIG2 is a schematic diagram of a method for sending information according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3A至图3G是本申请实施例的对应关系的示意图;3A to 3G are schematic diagrams of corresponding relationships of an embodiment of the present application;
图4A至图4G是本申请实施例的对应关系示意图;4A to 4G are schematic diagrams of corresponding relationships in embodiments of the present application;
图5A至图5D是本申请实施例的对应关系示意图;5A to 5D are schematic diagrams of corresponding relationships in an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例的CORESET配置的示例图;FIG6 is an example diagram of a CORESET configuration according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例的PDCCH与物理资源的映射关系示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a mapping relationship between a PDCCH and physical resources according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例的网络设备和转发器传输第一DCI格式的DCI的方法一示 意图;FIG8 is a schematic diagram of a method for a network device and a repeater to transmit a DCI in a first DCI format according to an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例的网络设备向转发器发送第一DCI格式的DCI的方法一示意图;9 is a schematic diagram of a method for a network device to send a DCI in a first DCI format to a forwarder according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例的将调制符号映射到物理资源的一示例图;FIG10 is an example diagram of mapping modulation symbols to physical resources according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11A和图11B是本申请实施例的PDCCH DMRS在宽带映射和窄带映射情况下的2个示例图;FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B are two example diagrams of PDCCH DMRS in the case of broadband mapping and narrowband mapping according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例的信息接收方法的一示意图;FIG12 is a schematic diagram of an information receiving method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例的PDCCH候选的一示意图;FIG13 is a schematic diagram of a PDCCH candidate according to an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例的信息传输示意图;FIG14 is a schematic diagram of information transmission according to an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例的转发器的一示意图;FIG15 is a schematic diagram of a repeater according to an embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请实施例的网络设备的一示意图;FIG16 is a schematic diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请实施例的电子设备的一示意图。FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application.
参照附图,通过下面的说明书,本申请的前述以及其它特征将变得明显。在说明书和附图中,具体公开了本申请的特定实施方式,其表明了其中可以采用本申请的原则的部分实施方式,应了解的是,本申请不限于所描述的实施方式,相反,本申请包括落入所附权利要求的范围内的全部修改、变型以及等同物。With reference to the accompanying drawings, the above and other features of the present application will become apparent through the following description. In the description and the accompanying drawings, specific embodiments of the present application are specifically disclosed, which show some embodiments in which the principles of the present application can be adopted. It should be understood that the present application is not limited to the described embodiments. On the contrary, the present application includes all modifications, variations and equivalents falling within the scope of the attached claims.
在本申请实施例中,术语“第一”、“第二”等用于对不同元素从称谓上进行区分,但并不表示这些元素的空间排列或时间顺序等,这些元素不应被这些术语所限制。术语“和/或”包括相关联列出的术语的一种或多个中的任何一个和所有组合。术语“包含”、“包括”、“具有”等是指所陈述的特征、元素、元件或组件的存在,但并不排除存在或添加一个或多个其他特征、元素、元件或组件。In the embodiments of the present application, the terms "first", "second", etc. are used to distinguish different elements from the title, but do not indicate the spatial arrangement or time order of these elements, etc., and these elements should not be limited by these terms. The term "and/or" includes any one and all combinations of one or more of the associated listed terms. The terms "comprising", "including", "having", etc. refer to the existence of the stated features, elements, components or components, but do not exclude the existence or addition of one or more other features, elements, components or components.
在本申请实施例中,单数形式“一”、“该”等包括复数形式,应广义地理解为“一种”或“一类”而并不是限定为“一个”的含义;此外术语“所述”应理解为既包括单数形式也包括复数形式,除非上下文另外明确指出。此外术语“根据”应理解为“至少部分根据……”,术语“基于”应理解为“至少部分基于……”,除非上下文另外明确指出。In the embodiments of the present application, the singular forms "a", "the", etc. include plural forms and should be broadly understood as "a kind" or "a type" rather than being limited to the meaning of "one"; in addition, the term "said" should be understood to include both singular and plural forms, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. In addition, the term "according to" should be understood as "at least in part according to...", and the term "based on" should be understood as "at least in part based on...", unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
在本申请实施例中,术语“通信网络”或“无线通信网络”可以指符合如下任意 通信标准的网络,例如长期演进(LTE,Long Term Evolution)、增强的长期演进(LTE-A,LTE-Advanced)、宽带码分多址接入(WCDMA,Wideband Code Division Multiple Access)、高速报文接入(HSPA,High-Speed Packet Access)等等。In an embodiment of the present application, the term "communication network" or "wireless communication network" may refer to a network that complies with any of the following communication standards, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE), enhanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA), and the like.
并且,通信系统中设备之间的通信可以根据任意阶段的通信协议进行,例如可以包括但不限于如下通信协议:1G(generation)、2G、2.5G、2.75G、3G、4G、4.5G以及未来的5G、新无线(NR,New Radio)等等,和/或其他目前已知或未来将被开发的通信协议。Furthermore, communication between devices in the communication system may be carried out according to communication protocols of any stage, such as but not limited to the following communication protocols: 1G (generation), 2G, 2.5G, 2.75G, 3G, 4G, 4.5G and future 5G, New Radio (NR), etc., and/or other communication protocols currently known or to be developed in the future.
在本申请实施例中,术语“网络设备”例如是指通信系统中将终端设备接入通信网络并为该终端设备提供服务的设备。网络设备可以包括但不限于如下设备:基站(BS,Base Station)、接入点(AP、Access Point)、收发节点(TRP,Transmission Reception Point)、广播发射机、移动管理实体(MME、Mobile Management Entity)、网关、服务器、无线网络控制器(RNC,Radio Network Controller)、基站控制器(BSC,Base Station Controller)等等。In the embodiments of the present application, the term "network device" refers to, for example, a device in a communication system that connects a terminal device to a communication network and provides services for the terminal device. The network device may include, but is not limited to, the following devices: base station (BS), access point (AP), transmission reception point (TRP), broadcast transmitter, mobile management entity (MME), gateway, server, radio network controller (RNC), base station controller (BSC), etc.
基站可以包括但不限于:节点B(NodeB或NB)、演进节点B(eNodeB或eNB)以及5G基站(gNB),IAB宿主等等,此外还可包括远端无线头(RRH,Remote Radio Head)、远端无线单元(RRU,Remote Radio Unit)、中继(relay)或者低功率节点(例如femto、pico等等)。并且术语“基站”可以包括它们的一些或所有功能,每个基站可以对特定的地理区域提供通信覆盖。术语“小区”可以指的是基站和/或其覆盖区域,这取决于使用该术语的上下文。Base stations may include but are not limited to: NodeB (NodeB or NB), evolved NodeB (eNodeB or eNB) and 5G base station (gNB), IAB host, etc., and may also include remote radio heads (RRH, Remote Radio Head), remote radio units (RRU, Remote Radio Unit), relays or low-power nodes (such as femto, pico, etc.). And the term "base station" may include some or all of their functions, and each base station may provide communication coverage for a specific geographical area. The term "cell" may refer to a base station and/or its coverage area, depending on the context in which the term is used.
在本申请实施例中,术语“用户设备”(UE,User Equipment)例如是指通过网络设备接入通信网络并接收网络服务的设备,也可以称为“终端设备”(TE,Terminal Equipment)。终端设备可以是固定的或移动的,并且也可以称为移动台(MS,Mobile Station)、终端、用户、用户台(SS,Subscriber Station)、接入终端(AT,Access Terminal)、站,等等。In the embodiments of the present application, the term "user equipment" (UE) refers to, for example, a device that accesses a communication network through a network device and receives network services, and may also be referred to as "terminal equipment" (TE). The terminal equipment may be fixed or mobile, and may also be referred to as a mobile station (MS), a terminal, a user, a subscriber station (SS), an access terminal (AT), a station, and the like.
终端设备可以包括但不限于如下设备:蜂窝电话(Cellular Phone)、个人数字助理(PDA,Personal Digital Assistant)、无线调制解调器、无线通信设备、手持设备、机器型通信设备、膝上型计算机、无绳电话、智能手机、智能手表、数字相机,等等。Terminal devices may include but are not limited to the following devices: cellular phones, personal digital assistants (PDA, Personal Digital Assistant), wireless modems, wireless communication devices, handheld devices, machine-type communication devices, laptop computers, cordless phones, smart phones, smart watches, digital cameras, etc.
再例如,在物联网(IoT,Internet of Things)等场景下,终端设备还可以是进行监控或测量的机器或装置,例如可以包括但不限于:机器类通信(MTC,Machine Type Communication)终端、车载通信终端、设备到设备(D2D,Device to Device)终端、机器到机器(M2M,Machine to Machine)终端,等等。For another example, in scenarios such as the Internet of Things (IoT), the terminal device can also be a machine or device for monitoring or measuring, such as but not limited to: machine type communication (MTC) terminal, vehicle-mounted communication terminal, device-to-device (D2D) terminal, machine-to-machine (M2M) terminal, and the like.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备和终端设备之间可以进行现有的业务或者未来可实施的业务传输。例如,这些业务可以包括但不限于:增强的移动宽带(eMBB)、大规模机器类型通信(mMTC)、高可靠低时延通信(URLLC)和车联网(V2X)通信,等等。In the embodiments of the present application, existing services or future services can be transmitted between the network device and the terminal device. For example, these services may include but are not limited to: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), massive machine type communication (mMTC), highly reliable and low latency communication (URLLC) and vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, etc.
传统转发器不具备与网络设备通信的能力,因此,传统转发器虽然能够帮助增强信号强度,但是不够灵活而无法应对复杂的环境变化,将传统转发器部署在5G网络(特别是部署在高频的5G网络)中可能引起对其它网络设备和/或终端设备的不必要的干扰,进而降低整个网络的传输效率(例如,吞吐量)。为了使得转发器的转发能够更为灵活以适应5G网络的特点,网络设备需要对转发器进行协助,并能够根据网络情况对转发器的转发进行配置。Traditional repeaters do not have the ability to communicate with network devices. Therefore, although traditional repeaters can help enhance signal strength, they are not flexible enough to cope with complex environmental changes. Deploying traditional repeaters in 5G networks (especially in high-frequency 5G networks) may cause unnecessary interference to other network devices and/or terminal devices, thereby reducing the transmission efficiency of the entire network (for example, throughput). In order to make the forwarding of repeaters more flexible to adapt to the characteristics of 5G networks, network devices need to assist repeaters and be able to configure the forwarding of repeaters according to network conditions.
3GPP Rel-18为了增强NR的覆盖,提出网络控制转发器(NCR,Network-controlled repeater)的方案,为网络设备与终端设备之间的信号进行转发。NCR通过控制链路可以与网络设备进行直接通信以辅助NCR的转发操作。In order to enhance the coverage of NR, 3GPP Rel-18 proposed the network-controlled repeater (NCR) solution to forward signals between network devices and terminal devices. NCR can communicate directly with network devices through control links to assist NCR's forwarding operations.
图1是本申请实施例的NCR的一示意图。如图1所示,NCR 102被配置在网络设备101和终端设备103之间。NCR 102可以包括如下两个模块/部件:转发器的移动终端(NCR-MT)和转发器的转发单元(NCR-Fwd);NCR-Fwd也可称为NCR的路由单元(NCR-RU)。NCR-MT用于与网络设备通信(交互信息),NCR-Fwd用于转发往来于网络设备和终端设备之间的信号,NCR-MT和NCR-Fwd为功能实体,其功能可以由相同或不同硬件模块实现。FIG1 is a schematic diagram of an NCR of an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG1 ,
如图1所示,本申请实施例的NCR可以具有3个链路:控制链路(control link,C-link),用于转发的回传(或者回程)链路(backhaul link,BH link))和接入链路(access link,AC link,也称为NCR-UE link)。其中,C-link用于NCR与网络设备之间的通信。BH link用于转发器从网络设备接收待转发信号,或者,向网络设备转发来自终端设备的信号。AC link用于转发器向终端设备转发来自网络设备的信号,或者,接收来自终端设备的待转发信号。具体地,NCR-MT通过C-link与网络设备通信;NCR-Fwd通过BH link和AC link转发信号。As shown in Figure 1, the NCR of the embodiment of the present application may have three links: a control link (control link, C-link), a backhaul link (or backhaul link, BH link) for forwarding, and an access link (access link, AC link, also known as NCR-UE link). Among them, C-link is used for communication between NCR and network equipment. BH link is used for the forwarder to receive a signal to be forwarded from the network equipment, or to forward a signal from the terminal equipment to the network equipment. AC link is used for the forwarder to forward a signal from the network equipment to the terminal equipment, or to receive a signal to be forwarded from the terminal equipment. Specifically, NCR-MT communicates with the network equipment through C-link; NCR-Fwd forwards signals through BH link and AC link.
在本申请实施例中,转发器可以与网络设备通信,转发器可以接收网络设备发送 的通信信道/信号,并进行信道/信号的解调/解码,由此获得网络设备发给该转发器的信息,以下将该信号处理过程称为“通信”。转发器还可以转发网络设备和终端设备之间传输的信道/信号,转发器不对该信道/信号进行解调/解码,可以进行放大等处理,以下将该信号处理过程称为“转发”。将“通信”和“转发”合称为“传输”。此外,“在AC(或者BH)链路上进行发送或进行接收”可以等价于“在AC(或者BH)链路上进行转发”,“在控制链路上进行发送或进行接收”可以等价于“在控制链路上进行通信”。以上术语仅为了方便说明,并不构成对本申请的限制。在某些情况下,“转发单元”可以与“转发行为”互换。In an embodiment of the present application, a repeater can communicate with a network device, and the repeater can receive a communication channel/signal sent by the network device, and demodulate/decode the channel/signal, thereby obtaining information sent by the network device to the repeater. The signal processing process is hereinafter referred to as "communication". The repeater can also forward a channel/signal transmitted between a network device and a terminal device. The repeater does not demodulate/decode the channel/signal, but can perform amplification and other processing. The signal processing process is hereinafter referred to as "forwarding". "Communication" and "forwarding" are collectively referred to as "transmission". In addition, "sending or receiving on an AC (or BH) link" can be equivalent to "forwarding on an AC (or BH) link", and "sending or receiving on a control link" can be equivalent to "communicating on a control link". The above terms are for convenience of explanation only and do not constitute a limitation on the present application. In some cases, "forwarding unit" can be interchangeable with "forwarding behavior".
在本申请实施例中,转发器还可以表述为网络控制转发器(NCR)、直放站、射频转发器、中继器、射频中继器;或者也可以表述为直放站节点、转发器节点、中继器节点;或者还可以表述为智能直放站、智能转发器、智能中继器、智能直放站节点、智能转发器节点、智能中继器节点,等等,本申请不限于此。In the embodiments of the present application, the repeater can also be expressed as a network controlled repeater (NCR), a repeater, a RF repeater, a repeater, a RF repeater; or it can also be expressed as a repeater node, a repeater node, a repeater node; or it can also be expressed as an intelligent repeater, an intelligent repeater, an intelligent repeater, an intelligent repeater node, an intelligent repeater node, an intelligent repeater node, etc., but the present application is not limited to this.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以是终端设备的服务小区的设备,也可以是转发器所在小区的设备,还可以是转发器的服务小区的设备,也可以是转发器的父节点(Parent node),本申请对该转发器的名称不做限制,只要能实现上述功能的设备,都包含于本申请的转发器的范围内。In the embodiments of the present application, the network device may be a device of the service cell of the terminal device, or a device of the cell where the repeater is located, or a device of the service cell of the repeater, or a parent node (Parent node) of the repeater. The present application does not impose any restriction on the name of the repeater. As long as the device can realize the above functions, it is included in the scope of the repeater of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,高层信令例如可以是无线资源控制(RRC)信令;RRC信令例如包括RRC消息(RRC message),例如包括主信息块(MIB)、系统信息(system information)、专用RRC消息;或者RRC信息元素(RRC information element,RRC IE);或者RRC消息或RRC信息元素包括的信息域(或信息域包括的信息域)。高层信令例如还可以是媒体接入控制层(Medium Access Control,MAC)信令;或者称为MAC控制元素(MAC control element,MAC CE)。但本申请不限于此。In the embodiment of the present application, the high-level signaling may be, for example, radio resource control (RRC) signaling; RRC signaling may include, for example, an RRC message (RRC message), for example, a master information block (MIB), system information (system information), a dedicated RRC message; or an RRC information element (RRC information element, RRC IE); or an information field included in an RRC message or an RRC information element (or an information field included in an information field). The high-level signaling may also be, for example, a media access control layer (Medium Access Control, MAC) signaling; or a MAC control element (MAC control element, MAC CE). However, the present application is not limited thereto.
在本申请实施例中,多个是指至少两个,或者两个或两个以上。In the embodiments of the present application, a plurality refers to at least two, or two or more.
在本申请实施例中,预定义是指协议规定好的或者根据协议规定好的规则确定的,无需另外配置。配置/指示是指网络设备通过高层信令和/或物理层信令直接或间接配置/指示的。物理层信令例如是指物理控制信道承载的控制信息(DCI)或序列承载的控制信息,但不限于此,可以通过在高层信令中引入高层参数配置/指示,高层参数是指高层信令中的信息域(fields)和/或信息元素(IE)等。In the embodiments of the present application, predefined means that it is specified by the protocol or determined according to the rules specified by the protocol, and no additional configuration is required. Configuration/indication refers to the direct or indirect configuration/indication of the network device through high-level signaling and/or physical layer signaling. Physical layer signaling refers to, for example, control information (DCI) carried by a physical control channel or control information carried by a sequence, but is not limited to this. It can be configured/indicated by introducing high-level parameters in high-level signaling, and high-level parameters refer to information fields (fields) and/or information elements (IE) in high-level signaling, etc.
下面结合附图对本申请实施例的各种实施方式进行说明。这些实施方式只是示例 性的,不是对本申请的限制。Various implementations of the embodiments of the present application are described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. These implementations are only exemplary and are not intended to limit the present application.
第一方面的实施例Embodiments of the first aspect
本申请实施例提供一种信息发送方法,从网络设备一侧进行说明。An embodiment of the present application provides a method for sending information, which is described from the perspective of a network device.
图2是本申请实施例的信息指示方法的一示意图,如图2所示,该方法包括:FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of an information indication method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2 , the method includes:
201,网络设备向转发器发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息是第一DCI格式,所述下行控制信息包括用于指示波束的一个或多个第一信息域,和/或,用于指示时域资源的一个或多个第二信息域,和/或,用于指示子载波间隔的一个或多个第三信息域。201. The network device sends downlink control information to the forwarder, where the downlink control information is in a first DCI format, and the downlink control information includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing.
值得注意的是,以上附图2仅对本申请实施例进行了示意性说明,但本申请不限于此。例如可以适当地调整各个操作之间的执行顺序,此外还可以增加其他的一些操作或者减少其中的某些操作。本领域的技术人员可以根据上述内容进行适当地变型,而不仅限于上述附图2的记载。It is worth noting that the above FIG2 is only a schematic illustration of the embodiment of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto. For example, the execution order between the various operations can be appropriately adjusted, and other operations can be added or some operations can be reduced. Those skilled in the art can make appropriate modifications based on the above content, and are not limited to the description of the above FIG2.
在一些实施例中,该第一DCI格式的下行控制信息用于动态指示/控制接入链路波束,或者说用于控制所述转发器的转发单元,或者说用于发送边控制信息(side control information)或接入链路波束指示。In some embodiments, the downlink control information in the first DCI format is used to dynamically indicate/control an access link beam, or to control a forwarding unit of the forwarder, or to send side control information (side control information) or an access link beam indication.
在本申请实施例中,“第一DCI格式的下行控制信息”或者“采用第一DCI格式的下行控制信息”或者“第一DCI格式的DCI”也可以直接简称为“第一DCI格式”。其他DCI格式同理。In the embodiment of the present application, “downlink control information in the first DCI format” or “downlink control information using the first DCI format” or “DCI in the first DCI format” may also be directly referred to as “first DCI format”. The same is true for other DCI formats.
在一些实施例中,该第一DCI格式的下行控制信息不用于调度PDSCH或PUSCH。In some embodiments, the downlink control information in the first DCI format is not used for scheduling PDSCH or PUSCH.
在一些实施例中,该第一DCI格式的下行控制信息也可以用于调度PDSCH或PUSCH。In some embodiments, the downlink control information in the first DCI format may also be used to schedule PDSCH or PUSCH.
在一些实施例中,网络设备还向该转发器发送采用第二DCI格式的下行控制信息。该第二DCI格式不同于第一DCI格式,例如二者的DCI格式编号不同(例如第一DCI格式是DCI format 2_8,第二DCI格式是DCI format 1_1)。该第二DCI格式用于调度PDSCH或PUSCH和/或用于激活或去激活波束配置等,本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。In some embodiments, the network device also sends downlink control information in a second DCI format to the repeater. The second DCI format is different from the first DCI format, for example, the DCI format numbers of the two are different (for example, the first DCI format is DCI format 2_8, and the second DCI format is DCI format 1_1). The second DCI format is used to schedule PDSCH or PUSCH and/or to activate or deactivate beam configuration, etc., and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
在一些实施例中,第一DCI格式的DCI和第二DCI格式的DCI在相同或不同的SS被监听,和/或,采用相同或不同的RNTI(例如进行CRC的加扰)。In some embodiments, the DCI in the first DCI format and the DCI in the second DCI format are monitored in the same or different SSs, and/or use the same or different RNTIs (for example, to perform CRC scrambling).
在一些实施例中,该第一DCI格式可以是新引入的DCI格式(e.g.DCI format 2_8,或2_9或2_10等),或者也可以是现有的DCI格式(e.g.1_1,或2_0等)(现有的DCI格式目前还支持本申请实施例中的功能),本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。In some embodiments, the first DCI format may be a newly introduced DCI format (e.g. DCI format 2_8, or 2_9, or 2_10, etc.), or it may be an existing DCI format (e.g. 1_1, or 2_0, etc.) (the existing DCI format currently also supports the functions in the embodiments of the present application), and the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
在一些实施例中,该第一DCI格式是单播(unicast)或组播(group common),该第一DCI格式的DCI包括用于指示波束的一个或多个第一信息域,和/或,用于指示时域资源的一个或多个第二信息域,和/或,用于指示子载波间隔的一个或多个第三信息域。但本申请并不以此作为限制,例如,该第一DCI格式的DCI还可以包括其他信息域,例如一个或多个用于指示第一信息域是否指示波束的信息域,再例如,一个或多个用于指示开启/关闭的信息域。In some embodiments, the first DCI format is unicast or group common, and the DCI in the first DCI format includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or, one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or, one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing. However, the present application is not limited thereto, for example, the DCI in the first DCI format may also include other information fields, such as one or more information fields for indicating whether the first information field indicates a beam, and for another example, one or more information fields for indicating on/off.
在一些实施例中,该波束是指接入链路的波束或者说NCR与终端设备之间链路的波束或者说NCR的用于从终端设备接收信号和/或向终端设备发送信号的波束。或者说,波束是指可能会被NCR使用的接入链路的物理波束或者说用于NCR进行转发的接入链路的物理波束。In some embodiments, the beam refers to a beam of an access link or a beam of a link between an NCR and a terminal device or a beam of an NCR used to receive signals from a terminal device and/or send signals to a terminal device. In other words, the beam refers to a physical beam of an access link that may be used by an NCR or a physical beam of an access link used for forwarding by an NCR.
以下先对该第一信息域进行说明。The first information field is described below.
在一些实施例中,一个第一信息域用于指示一个波束索引,或者至多指示一个波束索引,或者指示多个波束索引。该波束索引可以包括对应波束(或者说(实际的)物理波束)的波束索引和/或不对应波束(或者说(实际的)物理波束)的波束索引。In some embodiments, a first information field is used to indicate a beam index, or at most one beam index, or multiple beam indexes. The beam index may include a beam index corresponding to a beam (or a (actual) physical beam) and/or a beam index not corresponding to a beam (or a (actual) physical beam).
在一些实施例中,波束索引范围是预定义的和/或由高层信令配置/指示的。例如,波束索引范围内的所有波束索引都是预定义的或高层信令配置/指示的,或者,其中一部分波束索引是预定义的,一部分波束索引是高层信令配置/指示的。针对后者,例如,对应波束的波束索引是预定义的,不对应波束的波束索引是高层信令配置/指示的,但不限于此。In some embodiments, the beam index range is predefined and/or configured/indicated by high-level signaling. For example, all beam indexes within the beam index range are predefined or configured/indicated by high-level signaling, or a portion of the beam indexes are predefined and a portion of the beam indexes are configured/indicated by high-level signaling. For the latter, for example, the beam index of the corresponding beam is predefined, and the beam index of the non-corresponding beam is configured/indicated by high-level signaling, but is not limited thereto.
例如,波束索引范围为{X,X+1,…,X+N BI-1},其中X和N BI分别是预定义的和/或高层信令配置/指示的,X例如表示起始的波束索引或者最小/最低的波束索引,N BI例如表示波束索引的数量,其中,X=0或X=1或X=-1或X=-2或其他值,N BI=1或N BI=2或N BI=4或N BI=8或其他值,此处不再一一示例。所有N BI个波束索引均分别对应实际的物理波束,例如,假设有 个实际的物理波束, 或者,N BI个波束索引中的一部分波束索引对应实际的物理波束,另一部分不对应实际的物理波束,例如,假设有 个实际的物理波束, 波束索引X不 对应实际的物理波束,而波束索引{X+1,X+2,…,X+N BI-1}分别对应实际的物理波束,或者波束索引{X,X+1,…,X+N BI-2}分别对应实际的物理波束,波束索引X+N BI-1不对应实际的物理波束。其中,实际的物理波束 是预定义的和/或高层信令配置/指示的,例如 或 或 或 或其他值,此处不再一一示例。在以上示例中,波束索引范围的取值是连续的,但本申请并不以此作为限制,也可以是不连续的。 For example, the beam index range is {X, X+1, …, X+N BI -1}, where X and N BI are predefined and/or configured/indicated by high-level signaling, respectively, X represents the starting beam index or the minimum/lowest beam index, and N BI represents the number of beam indexes, where X=0 or X=1 or X=-1 or X=-2 or other values, N BI =1 or N BI =2 or N BI =4 or N BI =8 or other values, which are not listed one by one here. All N BI beam indexes correspond to actual physical beams, for example, assuming there are An actual physical beam, Alternatively, some of the N BI beam indices correspond to actual physical beams, and the other part do not correspond to actual physical beams. For example, assuming there is An actual physical beam, The beam index X does not correspond to an actual physical beam, and the beam indices {X+1, X+2, …, X+N BI -1} correspond to actual physical beams, or the beam indices {X, X+1, …, X+N BI -2} correspond to actual physical beams, and the beam index X+N BI -1 does not correspond to an actual physical beam. is predefined and/or configured/indicated by higher-layer signaling, e.g. or or or Or other values, which are not listed one by one here. In the above examples, the values of the beam index range are continuous, but the present application is not limited to this, and may also be discontinuous.
在一些实施例中,波束索引与波束的对应关系可以是预定义的和/或由高层信令和/或OAM配置的。在由OAM配置的情况下,具体交互的信息取决于实现。例如,转发器的移动终端(NCR-MT)可以通过OAM上报波束/天线相关特性,网络设备可以通过OAM配置NCR的波束和/或波束索引。NCR-MT和网络设备之间通过OAM交互的信息,例如由数据无线承载DRB承载。In some embodiments, the correspondence between the beam index and the beam can be predefined and/or configured by high-level signaling and/or OAM. In the case of configuration by OAM, the specific interactive information depends on the implementation. For example, the mobile terminal of the repeater (NCR-MT) can report beam/antenna related characteristics through OAM, and the network device can configure the beam and/or beam index of the NCR through OAM. The information exchanged between the NCR-MT and the network device through OAM is carried by the data radio bearer DRB, for example.
在一些实施例中,NCR-MT可以在UE能力(UECapabilityInformation message)中指示/上报其支持的DRB最大数,如果不指示/上报(或者说UE能力中不存在),则NCR-MT不支持DRB。基于DRB,NCR-MT通过协议数据单元PDU会话(session)或分组数据网络PDN session与OAM系统连接(PDU session,PDN session的数据由DRB承载)。也就是说,NCR-MT可以为OAM建立PDU session或PDN session,从而通过PDU session或PDN session交互OAM的信息。针对PDU session或PDN session,NCR-MT可以采用普通终端设备过程从核心网获取IP地址或前缀(address/prefix)。In some embodiments, NCR-MT can indicate/report the maximum number of DRBs it supports in the UE capability (UECapabilityInformation message). If it is not indicated/reported (or it does not exist in the UE capability), NCR-MT does not support DRB. Based on DRB, NCR-MT is connected to the OAM system through a protocol data unit PDU session or a packet data network PDN session (PDU session, the data of PDN session is carried by DRB). In other words, NCR-MT can establish a PDU session or PDN session for OAM, thereby exchanging OAM information through the PDU session or PDN session. For the PDU session or PDN session, NCR-MT can obtain the IP address or prefix (address/prefix) from the core network using the normal terminal device process.
在一些实施例中,不对应波束的波束索引例如是预定义的和/或由高层信令配置/指示的。In some embodiments, the beam index not corresponding to the beam is, for example, predefined and/or configured/indicated by higher layer signaling.
在一些实施例中,在波束索引包括对应波束的波束索引和不对应波束的波束索引的情况下,前者例如称为有效的波束索引(第一波束索引),后者例如称为无效的波束索引(第二波束索引)。即若第一信息域指示有效的波束索引,则第一信息域指示了该索引对应的波束,若第一信息域指示了无效的波束索引,则第一信息域没有指示波束。在一些情况下,第一信息域必须指示有效的波束索引,或者,第一信息域可以指示有效的波束索引或无效的波束索引。In some embodiments, when the beam index includes a beam index corresponding to a beam and a beam index not corresponding to a beam, the former is, for example, referred to as a valid beam index (first beam index), and the latter is, for example, referred to as an invalid beam index (second beam index). That is, if the first information field indicates a valid beam index, the first information field indicates the beam corresponding to the index, and if the first information field indicates an invalid beam index, the first information field does not indicate a beam. In some cases, the first information field must indicate a valid beam index, or the first information field may indicate a valid beam index or an invalid beam index.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息域的比特值包括有对应的波束索引的比特值和/或没有对应的波束索引的比特值,包括:第一信息域(中的比特)的所有值都有对应的波束索引;或者,一部分值有对应的波束索引,一部分没有。针对后者,第一信息 域必须指示波束索引(也就是说,第一信息域必须设置为有对应的波束索引的值),或者,第一信息域可以指示波束索引或不指示波束索引(也就是说,第一信息域可以设置为有对应的波束索引的值(即指示波束索引)或没有对应的波束索引的值(即不指示波束索引))。其中,“没有对应的波束索引的值”包括:不对应任何物理波束的值(假设波束索引仅包括对应实际存在的物理波束的波束索引),和/或预留的值(reserved value),和/或,用于提供其他信息(例如用于指示NCR-Fwd开启/关闭等)的值(假设第一信息域既用于指示波束又用于指示NCR-Fwd开启/关闭),和/或,预定义的特定值(例如全“0”s,全“1”s,此处不再一一示例),该特定值例如用于某些具体情况,例如协议规定在一些情况下,第一信息域应设置为该特定值,或者如果第一信息域设置为该特定值,将影响NCR-MT如何处理/理解该DCI中的其他一个或多个信息比特或信息域,但本申请并不以此作为限制。若第一信息域没有指示波束索引,则第一信息域没有指示波束。结合上述关于波束索引的说明,也就是说,“第一信息域没有/不指示波束”,包括:第一信息域指示无效的波束索引和/或第一信息域没有/不指示波束索引。“第一信息域指示波束”,包括:第一信息域指示有效的波束索引和/或第一信息域指示波束索引。In some embodiments, the bit value of the first information field includes a bit value with a corresponding beam index and/or a bit value without a corresponding beam index, including: all values of (the bits in) the first information field have a corresponding beam index; or, some values have a corresponding beam index and some do not. For the latter, the first information field must indicate the beam index (that is, the first information field must be set to a value with a corresponding beam index), or the first information field may indicate the beam index or may not indicate the beam index (that is, the first information field may be set to a value with a corresponding beam index (that is, indicating the beam index) or a value without a corresponding beam index (that is, not indicating the beam index)). Among them, "values without corresponding beam indexes" include: values that do not correspond to any physical beam (assuming that the beam index only includes beam indexes corresponding to actually existing physical beams), and/or reserved values (reserved value), and/or values used to provide other information (such as for indicating NCR-Fwd on/off, etc.) (assuming that the first information field is used to indicate both the beam and NCR-Fwd on/off), and/or predefined specific values (such as all "0"s, all "1"s, no examples are given here), which are used in certain specific situations, such as the protocol stipulates that in some cases, the first information field should be set to the specific value, or if the first information field is set to the specific value, it will affect how the NCR-MT processes/understands one or more other information bits or information fields in the DCI, but the present application is not limited to this. If the first information field does not indicate a beam index, the first information field does not indicate a beam. Combined with the above description about beam index, that is to say, "the first information field does not have/does not indicate a beam", includes: the first information field indicates an invalid beam index and/or the first information field does not have/does not indicate a beam index. "The first information field indicates a beam", includes: the first information field indicates a valid beam index and/or the first information field indicates a beam index.
在一些实施例中,第一信息域必须指示波束,或者,第一信息域可以指示波束或不指示波束。In some embodiments, the first information field must indicate a beam, or the first information field may indicate a beam or may not indicate a beam.
以下以表1至7为例示例性说明第一信息域。The following uses Tables 1 to 7 as examples to illustrate the first information field.
表1是第一信息域指示波束示例Table 1 is an example of the first information field indicating the beam
如表1所示, 波束索引仅包括有效的波束索引{0,1,2,3}。一部分第一信息域的比特值例如110,101,110,111是Reserved(预留的值),没有对应的波束索引。 As shown in Table 1, The beam index only includes valid beam indexes {0, 1, 2, 3}. Some bit values of the first information field, such as 110, 101, 110, 111, are reserved (reserved values) and have no corresponding beam index.
表2是第一信息域指示波束示例Table 2 is an example of the first information field indicating the beam
如表2所示, 波束索引包括有效的波束索引{0,1,2,3}和无效的波束索引{-1},一部分第一信息域的比特值例如110,101,110是Reserved(预留的值),没有对应的波束索引。 As shown in table 2, The beam index includes valid beam indexes {0, 1, 2, 3} and invalid beam index {-1}. Bit values of a portion of the first information field, such as 110, 101, 110, are Reserved (reserved values) and have no corresponding beam index.
表3是第一信息域指示波束示例Table 3 is an example of the first information field indicating the beam
如表3所示, 波束索引包括有效的波束索引{0,1,2,3}和无效的波束索引{-1},一部分第一信息域的比特值例如101,111,110是Reserved(预留的值),没有对应的波束索引。 as shown in Table 3, The beam index includes valid beam indexes {0, 1, 2, 3} and invalid beam index {-1}. Some bit values of the first information field, such as 101, 111, 110, are Reserved (reserved values) and have no corresponding beam index.
表4是第一信息域指示波束示例Table 4 is an example of the first information field indicating the beam
如表4所示, 波束索引包括有效的波束索引{1,2,3,4}和无效的波束索引{0},或者波束索引仅包括有效的波束索引{1,2,3,4},‘000’为预定义的特定值,没有对应的波束索引,另外一部分比特值例如101,111,110是Reserved(预留的值),没有对应的波束索引。 As shown in Table 4, The beam index includes valid beam indexes {1, 2, 3, 4} and invalid beam indexes {0}, or the beam index only includes valid beam indexes {1, 2, 3, 4}, '000' is a predefined specific value and has no corresponding beam index, and another part of the bit values such as 101, 111, 110 are Reserved (reserved values) and have no corresponding beam index.
表5是第一信息域指示波束示例Table 5 is an example of the first information field indicating the beam
如表5所示, 波束索引包括有效的波束索引{0}或者替换为{1},一部分第一信息域的比特值例如1是Reserved(预留的值),没有对应的波束索引。特别地,在只有一个波束 的情况下,第一信息域指示波束索引或者有效的波束索引也可以说是第一信息域指示NCR-Fwd开启。第一信息域不指示波束索引或者指示无效的波束索引也可以说是第一信息域指示NCR-Fwd关闭。 As shown in Table 5, The beam index includes a valid beam index {0} or is replaced by {1}. The bit value of a portion of the first information field, such as 1, is Reserved (reserved value) and has no corresponding beam index. In the case of the first information field indicating the beam index or the valid beam index, it can also be said that the first information field indicates that NCR-Fwd is turned on. The first information field does not indicate the beam index or indicates an invalid beam index, which can also be said that the first information field indicates that NCR-Fwd is turned off.
表6是第一信息域指示波束示例Table 6 is an example of the first information field indicating the beam
如表6所示, 波束索引包括有效的波束索引{0,1,2,3}和无效的波束索引{4,5,6,7},所有第一信息域的候选比特值都有对应的波束索引。 As shown in Table 6, The beam index includes valid beam indexes {0, 1, 2, 3} and invalid beam indexes {4, 5, 6, 7}, and all candidate bit values of the first information field have corresponding beam indexes.
表7是第一信息域指示波束示例Table 7 is an example of the first information field indicating the beam
如表7所示, 波束索引包括有效的波束索引{0,1,2,3}或者可替换为{1,2,3,4},所有第一信息域的候选比特值都有对应的波束索引。 As shown in Table 7, The beam index includes a valid beam index {0, 1, 2, 3} or can be replaced by {1, 2, 3, 4}, and all candidate bit values of the first information field have corresponding beam indexes.
在一些实施例中,该第一DCI格式的下行控制信息中第一信息域的数量是预定义的和/或由高层信令配置或指示的。在一些实施例中,第一信息域的数量或第一DCI格式所能被配置的(或者说所能包括的)第一信息域的最大数与波束数量和/或工作频带(或者频率范围FR)和/或第一信息域的位宽相关,但不限于此。In some embodiments, the number of first information fields in the downlink control information of the first DCI format is predefined and/or configured or indicated by high-level signaling. In some embodiments, the number of first information fields or the maximum number of first information fields that can be configured (or can be included) in the first DCI format is related to the number of beams and/or the operating frequency band (or frequency range FR) and/or the bit width of the first information field, but is not limited thereto.
例如,该第一信息域的数量是预定义的,例如,预定义第一DCI格式的DCI中包括N
1,fields个第一信息域,N
1,fields≥1。再例如,协议规定第一信息域的数量与第二信息域的数量相同,若第二信息域的数量是由高层信令配置/指示的,第一信息域的数量也可以确定。再例如,第一信息域的数量与第二信息域所能指示的时域资源数量相关,例如,第一信息域的数量等于第二信息域所能指示的时域资源数量的最大数。其中,该最大数即该第二信息域对应的时域资源表中的配置所能配置的时域资源的最大数1或者包括的时域资源的最大数2。例如,该时域资源表中的配置所能配置的时域资源的最大数为4,根据实际配置,该时域资源表包括2个配置,其中1个配置包括2个时域资源,另1个配置包括1个时域资源,即时域资源表中的配置包括的时域时域最大数为2,则若上述最大数为最大数1,第一信息域的数量为4,若上述最大数为最大数2,第一信息域的数量为2。
For example, the number of the first information fields is predefined, for example, the DCI of the predefined first DCI format includes N 1,fields first information fields, N 1,fields ≥ 1. For another example, the protocol stipulates that the number of first information fields is the same as the number of second information fields. If the number of second information fields is configured/indicated by high-level signaling, the number of first information fields can also be determined. For another example, the number of first information fields is related to the number of time domain resources that can be indicated by the second information field. For example, the number of first information fields is equal to the maximum number of time domain resources that can be indicated by the second information field. Among them, the maximum number is the maximum number of time domain resources that can be configured in the configuration in the time domain resource table corresponding to the second information field, which is 1, or the maximum number of time domain resources included, which is 2. For example, the maximum number of time domain resources that can be configured in the configuration in the time domain resource table is 4. According to the actual configuration, the time domain resource table includes 2 configurations, one of which includes 2 time domain resources, and the other configuration includes 1 time domain resource. That is, the maximum number of time domains included in the configuration in the time domain resource table is 2. If the above maximum number is the
例如,该第一信息域的数量是高层信令配置或指示的,例如,引入一个新的高层参数1,该高层参数1用于配置第一DCI格式的DCI中第一信息域的数量N 1,fields,例如, (不限于此,也可以定义为非连续的大于0的整数集), 是预定义的和/或由高层信令配置/指示的,表示第一DCI格式的DCI所能被配置的(或者说所能包括的)第一信息域的最大数。 For example, the number of the first information fields is configured or indicated by high-level signaling, for example, a new high-level parameter 1 is introduced, and the high-level parameter 1 is used to configure the number N 1,fields of the first information fields in the DCI of the first DCI format, for example, (Not limited to this, it can also be defined as a non-continuous set of integers greater than 0), It is predefined and/or configured/indicated by high-level signaling, and indicates the maximum number of first information fields that can be configured (or included) in the DCI of the first DCI format.
例如,该第一DCI格式的下行控制信息中第一信息域的数量是预定义的和由高层信令配置或指示的,在高层信令没有配置/指示的情况下(例如没有提供上述高层参数1时),第一DCI格式中第一信息域的数量是预定义的(也就是说,协议规定一个缺省的数量,该缺省的数量应用于高层信令没有配置第一信息域的数量的情况下),在高层信令配置/指示了的情况下(例如提供了上述高层参数1时),第一DCI格式中第一信息域的数量是高层信令配置/指示的。For example, the number of first information fields in the downlink control information of the first DCI format is predefined and configured or indicated by high-level signaling. When the high-level signaling is not configured/indicated (for example, when the above-mentioned high-
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息域的位宽是预定义的和/或由高层信令配置或指 示的。其中,第一信息域的位宽即第一信息域包括的比特数,在所述下行控制信息包括多个第一信息域时,不同第一信息域的位宽相同或不同,不同第一信息域对应的波束集和/或波束索引集相同或不同。在一些实施例中,第一信息域的位宽与对应波束索引的数量和/或有效的波束索引的数量和/或波束的数量和/或第一信息域的数量和/或工作频带(或者频率范围FR)相关,但不限于此。In some embodiments, the bit width of the first information field is predefined and/or configured or indicated by high-level signaling. The bit width of the first information field is the number of bits included in the first information field. When the downlink control information includes multiple first information fields, the bit widths of different first information fields are the same or different, and the beam sets and/or beam index sets corresponding to different first information fields are the same or different. In some embodiments, the bit width of the first information field is related to the number of corresponding beam indexes and/or the number of valid beam indexes and/or the number of beams and/or the number of first information fields and/or the working frequency band (or frequency range FR), but is not limited thereto.
例如,该位宽可以是预定义的,协议定义第一信息域的位宽L 1,bitwidth为预定值(大于0的整数,例如1,2,3,4),可以针对不同的频域范围或工作频带,定义L 1,bitwidth取值相同或不同。例如,针对FR1,取值为1或2,针对FR2,取值为3或4。针对不同的第一信息域,定义的L 1,bitwidth取值相同或不同。其中,协议定义第一信息域的位宽由波束索引的数量N BI和/或有效的波束索引的数量N BI,valid和/或波束的数量 和/或其他参数M等确定。例如, 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 (在上述示例中,如果针对变量的所有取值,上取整符号里的计算结果始终为整数,可以除去上取整符号)。其中,N BI, 如前所述。M为大于0的整数(例如M=1),是预定义的和/或由高层信令配置/指示的。M例如等于第一信息域中不用于指示波束索引的比特的数量(这里假设第一信息域中可以包括不用于指示波束索引的比特),或者不对应波束索引的(或者说不用于指示波束索引的)值的数量,或者,不对应有效的波束索引的值的数量,或者,无效的波束索引的数量,或者预定义的特定值的数量,或者上述两个或两个以上数量之和(例如无效的波束索引的数量+预定义的特定值的数量)。 For example, the bit width may be predefined, and the protocol defines the bit width L 1,bitwidth of the first information field as a predetermined value (an integer greater than 0, such as 1, 2, 3, or 4). L 1,bitwidth may be defined to have the same or different values for different frequency domain ranges or working frequency bands. For example, for FR1, the value is 1 or 2, and for FR2, the value is 3 or 4. For different first information fields, the defined L 1,bitwidth values are the same or different. The protocol defines the bit width of the first information field as the number of beam indexes N BI and/or the number of valid beam indexes N BI,valid and/or the number of beams. and/or other parameters M, etc. For example, or or or or or or or (In the above example, if the calculation result in the ceiling symbol is always an integer for all values of the variable, the ceiling symbol can be removed.) As mentioned above. M is an integer greater than 0 (for example, M=1), which is predefined and/or configured/indicated by high-level signaling. M is, for example, equal to the number of bits in the first information field that are not used to indicate the beam index (here it is assumed that the first information field may include bits that are not used to indicate the beam index), or the number of values that do not correspond to the beam index (or are not used to indicate the beam index), or the number of values that do not correspond to the valid beam index, or the number of invalid beam indexes, or the number of predefined specific values, or the sum of two or more of the above numbers (for example, the number of invalid beam indexes + the number of predefined specific values).
在一些实施例中,若波束索引的数量N BI和/或有效的波束索引的数量N BI,valid和/或波束的数量 是由高层信令(例如高层参数)配置/指示的,也可以说,该高层信令(例如高层参数)用于间接/隐式配置/指示第一信息域的位宽。 In some embodiments, if the number of beam indices N BI and/or the number of valid beam indices N BI,valid and/or the number of beam indices N BI,valid It is configured/indicated by high-level signaling (eg, high-level parameters). In other words, the high-level signaling (eg, high-level parameters) is used to indirectly/implicitly configure/indicate the bit width of the first information field.
例如,该位宽是高层信令配置或指示的,可以引入一个或多个新的高层参数2,该高层参数2用于配置第一信息域的位宽L
1,bitwidth。例如,
(不限于此,也可以定义为非连续的大于0的整数集),
是预定义的,表示第一信息域所能被配置的位宽的最大数。其中,针对不同的频域范围或工作频带,
的值可以预定义为相同或不同。例如,针对FR1,
针对FR2,
或者L
1,bitwidth实际可配置的最大值不同:例如,
针对FR1,L
1,bitwidth实际可配置的最大值为3,针对FR2,L
1,bitwidth实际可配置的最大值为6。其中,针对不同的第一信息域,配置的L
1,bitwidth取值相同或不同(相应的,对应的波束数量
和/或波束索引数量N
BI和/或有效的波束索引数量N
BI,valid相同或不同)。例如,引入一个上述高层参数2,配置的位宽应用于第一DCI格式中的所有第一信息域。或者,引入多个上述高层参数2,分别用于配置不同第一信息域的位宽。
For example, the bit width is configured or indicated by high-level signaling, and one or more new high-
在一些实施例中,协议定义波束数量 和/或波束索引数量N BI和/或有效的波束索引数量N BI,valid由第一信息域的位宽L 1,bitwidth确定,例如, 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 各参数定义如前所述,此处不再赘述。在这种情况下,若第一信息域的位宽是由高层信令(例如高层参数)配置/指示的,也可以说,该高层信令(例如高层参数)用于间接/隐式配置/指示波束数量 和/或波束索引数量N BI和/或有效的波束索引数量N BI,valid。 In some embodiments, the protocol defines the number of beams and/or the number of beam indices N BI and/or the number of valid beam indices N BI,valid is determined by the bit width L 1,bitwidth of the first information field, for example, or or or or or or or or The definitions of each parameter are as described above and will not be repeated here. In this case, if the bit width of the first information field is configured/indicated by high-level signaling (such as high-level parameters), it can also be said that the high-level signaling (such as high-level parameters) is used to indirectly/implicitly configure/indicate the number of beams. and/or the number of beam indices N BI and/or the number of valid beam indices N BI,valid .
例如,该位宽是预定义的和由高层信令配置或指示的,在高层信令没有配置/指示的情况下(例如没有提供上述高层参数2时),第一信息域的位宽是预定义的(也就是说,协议规定一个缺省的位宽,该缺省的位宽应用于高层信令没有配置第一信息域的位宽的情况下),在高层信令配置/指示了的情况下(例如提供了上述高层参数2时),第一信息域的位宽是高层信令配置/指示的。For example, the bit width is predefined and configured or indicated by high-level signaling. When the high-level signaling is not configured/indicated (for example, when the above-mentioned high-
以下对该第二信息域进行说明。The second information field is described below.
在一些实施例中,一个第二信息域用于指示一个时域资源索引,或者至多指示一个时域资源索引,或者指示多个时域资源索引。该索引也可以替换为序号。In some embodiments, one second information field is used to indicate one time domain resource index, or indicates at most one time domain resource index, or indicates multiple time domain resource indexes. The index may also be replaced by a sequence number.
在一些实施例中,第二信息域对应时域资源表。该时域资源表是预定义的和/或高层信令配置的。所述时域资源表包括一个或多个时域资源配置,时域资源(TDRA)表(或者简称为TDRA表)包括至少一行(列),以下,为方便描述,将一行(列)称为一个TDRA配置,一个TDRA配置包括一个时域资源或多个时域资源或不包括时域资源。一个时域资源是连续的或不连续的。In some embodiments, the second information field corresponds to a time domain resource table. The time domain resource table is predefined and/or configured by high-level signaling. The time domain resource table includes one or more time domain resource configurations. The time domain resource (TDRA) table (or simply referred to as the TDRA table) includes at least one row (column). Hereinafter, for the convenience of description, a row (column) is referred to as a TDRA configuration. A TDRA configuration includes one time domain resource or multiple time domain resources or does not include a time domain resource. A time domain resource is continuous or discontinuous.
在一些实施例中,一个时域资源例如由以下参数中的一项或多项定义:时隙偏移 (用于确定起始时隙),符号偏移(用于确定在时隙中的起始符号),符号数量(用于确定时域资源的长度(duration)),子载波间隔。这些参数分别是预定义的和/或由高层信令配置的。其中,时隙偏移是指时域资源所在的时隙或者时域资源所在的第一个时隙与参考点之间的偏移值。该偏移值的取值范围(例如,该偏移值的最小值和/或最大值)是预定义的和/或高层信令配置的。上述参考点例如是第一DCI格式的DCI所在的时隙或者第一DCI格式的DCI所在的最后一个时隙或者同一个配置中的前一个时域资源所在的时隙或者同一个配置中的前一个时域资源所在的最后一个时隙。若一个时域资源配置包括多个时域资源,不同的时域资源的时隙偏移的参考点相同(例如都是第一DCI格式的DCI所在的时隙)或不同(例如,针对第一个时域资源:第一DCI格式的DCI所在的时隙,针对后面的时域资源,前一个时域资源所在的时隙)。符号偏移是指时域资源的第一个符号与所在的时隙或者所在的第一个时隙中的第一个符号之间的偏移值。符号偏移和/或符号数量例如必须保证配置的时域资源在同一时隙内,或者,配置的时域资源可以在同一时隙内也可以跨时隙。In some embodiments, a time domain resource is defined, for example, by one or more of the following parameters: a time slot offset (used to determine the starting time slot), a symbol offset (used to determine the starting symbol in the time slot), a number of symbols (used to determine the length (duration) of the time domain resource), and a subcarrier spacing. These parameters are predefined and/or configured by high-level signaling. Among them, the time slot offset refers to the offset value between the time slot where the time domain resource is located or the first time slot where the time domain resource is located and the reference point. The value range of the offset value (for example, the minimum value and/or maximum value of the offset value) is predefined and/or configured by high-level signaling. The above-mentioned reference point is, for example, the time slot where the DCI of the first DCI format is located or the last time slot where the DCI of the first DCI format is located or the time slot where the previous time domain resource in the same configuration is located or the last time slot where the previous time domain resource in the same configuration is located. If a time domain resource configuration includes multiple time domain resources, the reference points of the time slot offsets of different time domain resources are the same (for example, they are all the time slots where the DCI of the first DCI format is located) or different (for example, for the first time domain resource: the time slot where the DCI of the first DCI format is located, and for the subsequent time domain resources, the time slot where the previous time domain resource is located). Symbol offset refers to the offset value between the first symbol of the time domain resource and the time slot in which it is located or the first symbol in the first time slot in which it is located. The symbol offset and/or the number of symbols must, for example, ensure that the configured time domain resources are in the same time slot, or the configured time domain resources can be in the same time slot or across time slots.
在一些实施例中,一个配置中的时域资源可以采用列表(list)或序列(sequence)的形式定义。例如,引入一个IE,该IE包括上述定义一个时域资源的参数。一个配置包括一个列表或序列,该一个列表或序列包括一个或多个对应上述IE的fields。In some embodiments, the time domain resources in a configuration can be defined in the form of a list or sequence. For example, an IE is introduced, and the IE includes the parameters for defining a time domain resource. A configuration includes a list or sequence, and the list or sequence includes one or more fields corresponding to the above IE.
在一些实施例中,时域资源表中的每个配置包括的时域资源数量相同或者不同。例如,协议规定每个配置包括的时域资源数量必须相同或可以不同。在必须相同时,每个T list个配置都必须包括N TR个时域资源,其中,N TR是一个配置包括的时域资源数(例如N TR=1)和/或第一DCI格式的DCI中包括的第一信息域的数量(例如N TR=N 1,fields=4)。在可以不同时,一个配置可以包括 或者 (不限于此,也可以定义为非连续的大于0的整数集)个时域资源。其中, 是一个配置所能包括的时域资源的最大数(例如N TR=4)和/或第一DCI格式的DCI中所能包括的第一信息域的最大数(例如 )。 In some embodiments, the number of time domain resources included in each configuration in the time domain resource table is the same or different. For example, the protocol stipulates that the number of time domain resources included in each configuration must be the same or can be different. When they must be the same, each T list configuration must include N TR time domain resources, where N TR is the number of time domain resources included in a configuration (for example, N TR = 1) and/or the number of first information fields included in the DCI of the first DCI format (for example, N TR = N 1, fields = 4). When they can be different, a configuration may include or (Not limited to this, it can also be defined as a non-continuous set of integers greater than 0) time domain resources. Among them, is the maximum number of time domain resources that can be included in a configuration (eg, N TR =4) and/or the maximum number of first information fields that can be included in a DCI of a first DCI format (eg, ).
在一些实施例中,时域资源表中的特定配置不包括时域资源。例如,协议规定时域资源表中的第一个配置(索引/序号为0或1)不包括时域资源。该特定配置是预定义的和/或由高层信令配置/指示的。其中,若是由高层信令配置/指示的,例如,协议规定上述特定配置(例如第一个配置)必须配置为不包括时域资源,或者,上述特定配置可以配置为包括时域资源或不包括时域资源。In some embodiments, a specific configuration in the time domain resource table does not include time domain resources. For example, the protocol specifies that the first configuration (index/sequence number is 0 or 1) in the time domain resource table does not include time domain resources. The specific configuration is predefined and/or configured/indicated by high-level signaling. If it is configured/indicated by high-level signaling, for example, the protocol specifies that the above-mentioned specific configuration (e.g., the first configuration) must be configured to not include time domain resources, or the above-mentioned specific configuration can be configured to include time domain resources or not include time domain resources.
在一些实施例中,在一个时域资源配置包括多个时域资源的情况下,不同时域资源不交叠/重叠,或者可以交叠/重叠。该配置中列举的时域资源中,后列举的时域资源必须在先列举的时域资源(的起始或结束位置)之后,或者,后列举的时域资源可以在先列举的时域资源(的起始或结束位置)之前。本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。In some embodiments, when a time domain resource configuration includes multiple time domain resources, different time domain resources do not overlap/overlap, or may overlap/overlap. Among the time domain resources listed in the configuration, the time domain resources listed later must be after the time domain resources listed earlier (the starting or ending position), or the time domain resources listed later may be before the time domain resources listed earlier (the starting or ending position). The embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
在一些实施例中,第二信息域可以通过指示时域资源表中的配置指示一个时域资源或多个时域资源或不指示时域资源。In some embodiments, the second information field may indicate one time domain resource, multiple time domain resources, or no time domain resource by indicating a configuration in the time domain resource table.
在一些实施例中,时域资源索引可以包括对应时域资源的时域资源索引和/或不对应时域资源的时域资源索引。例如,时域资源索引是第二信息域对应的时域资源表中的一列(行)配置的索引或者序号,若该时域资源表中的所有配置都包括时域资源,则时域资源索引仅包括对应时域资源的时域资源索引;若该时域资源表中存在包括时域资源的配置和不包括时域资源的配置,则时域资源索引包括对应时域资源的时域资源索引和不对应时域资源的时域资源索引。再例如,时域资源列表中的所有配置都包括时域资源,若时域资源索引中的所有值都对应该时域资源表中的配置,则时域资源索引仅包括对应时域资源的时域资源索引;若时域资源索引中的部分值对应该时域资源表中的配置,部分值不对应该时域资源表中的任一配置,则时域资源索引包括对应时域资源的时域资源索引和不对应时域资源的时域资源索引。其中,不对应时域资源的时域索引例如是预定义的和/或高层信令配置的。In some embodiments, the time domain resource index may include a time domain resource index corresponding to the time domain resource and/or a time domain resource index not corresponding to the time domain resource. For example, the time domain resource index is an index or serial number of a column (row) configuration in the time domain resource table corresponding to the second information domain. If all configurations in the time domain resource table include time domain resources, the time domain resource index only includes the time domain resource index corresponding to the time domain resource; if there are configurations including time domain resources and configurations not including time domain resources in the time domain resource table, the time domain resource index includes the time domain resource index corresponding to the time domain resource and the time domain resource index not corresponding to the time domain resource. For another example, all configurations in the time domain resource list include time domain resources. If all values in the time domain resource index correspond to configurations in the time domain resource table, the time domain resource index only includes the time domain resource index corresponding to the time domain resource; if some values in the time domain resource index correspond to configurations in the time domain resource table, and some values do not correspond to any configuration in the time domain resource table, the time domain resource index includes the time domain resource index corresponding to the time domain resource and the time domain resource index not corresponding to the time domain resource. The time domain index not corresponding to the time domain resource is, for example, predefined and/or configured by high-layer signaling.
例如,时域资源索引范围为{I start,I start+1,…,I start+N TI-1},其中I start例如表示起始的时域资源索引或者最小/最低的时域资源索引,N TI例如表示时域资源索引的数量,其中,I start=0或I start=1或I start=-1或I start=-2或其他值,N TI=1或N TI=2或N TI=4或N TI=8或其他值,此处不再一一示例。所有N TI个时域资源索引均分别对应时域资源表中的一个配置/行/列,例如,设时域资源表中I个的配置/行/列,N TI=I。或者,N TI个时域资源索引中的一部分时域资源索引对应时域资源表中的配置,另一部分不对应时域资源表中的配置,例如,设时域资源表中有I个的配置/行/列,N TI=I+1,时域资源索引I start不不对应时域资源表中的配置,而时域资源索引{I start+1,I start+2,…,I start+N TI-1}分别对应时域资源表中的配置,或者时域资源索引{I start,I start+1,…,I start+N TI-2}分别对应时域资源表中的配置,波束索引I start+N TI-1不对应时域资源表中的配置。在以上示例中,时域资源索引范围的取值是连续的,但本申请并不以此作为限制,也可以是不连续的。 For example, the time domain resource index range is {I start ,I start +1,…,I start +N TI -1}, where I start , for example, represents the starting time domain resource index or the minimum/lowest time domain resource index, and N TI , for example, represents the number of time domain resource indexes, where I start = 0 or I start = 1 or I start = -1 or I start = -2 or other values, N TI = 1 or N TI = 2 or N TI = 4 or N TI = 8 or other values, which are not given one by one here. All N TI time domain resource indexes correspond to a configuration/row/column in the time domain resource table, for example, assuming I configurations/rows/columns in the time domain resource table, N TI = I. Alternatively, some of the N TI time domain resource indexes correspond to the configurations in the time domain resource table, and the other part does not correspond to the configurations in the time domain resource table. For example, assuming that there are I configurations/rows/columns in the time domain resource table, N TI =I+1, the time domain resource index I start does not correspond to the configuration in the time domain resource table, and the time domain resource indexes {I start +1, I start +2,…, I start +N TI -1} respectively correspond to the configurations in the time domain resource table, or the time domain resource indexes {I start , I start +1,…, I start +N TI -2} respectively correspond to the configurations in the time domain resource table, and the beam index I start +N TI -1 does not correspond to the configuration in the time domain resource table. In the above examples, the values of the time domain resource index range are continuous, but this application is not limited to this, and it can also be discontinuous.
在一些实施例中,在时域资源索引包括对应时域资源的时域资源索引和不对应时域资源的时域资源索引的情况下,前者例如称为有效的时域资源索引(第一时域资源索引),后者例如称为无效的时域资源索引(第二时域资源索引)。若第二信息域指示有效的时域资源索引,则第二信息域指示了该索引相应的时域资源,若第二信息域指示无效的时域资源索引,则第二信息域没有指示时域资源。在一些情况下,第二信息域必须指示有效的时域资源索引,或者,第二信息域可以指示有效的时域资源索引或无效的时域资源索引。In some embodiments, when the time domain resource index includes a time domain resource index corresponding to a time domain resource and a time domain resource index not corresponding to a time domain resource, the former is, for example, referred to as a valid time domain resource index (first time domain resource index), and the latter is, for example, referred to as an invalid time domain resource index (second time domain resource index). If the second information field indicates a valid time domain resource index, the second information field indicates the time domain resource corresponding to the index, and if the second information field indicates an invalid time domain resource index, the second information field does not indicate a time domain resource. In some cases, the second information field must indicate a valid time domain resource index, or the second information field may indicate a valid time domain resource index or an invalid time domain resource index.
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息域的比特值包括有对应的时域资源索引的比特值和/或没有对应的时域资源索引的比特值。例如第二信息域的所有值都有对应的时域资源索引,或者,一部分值有对应的时域资源索引,一部分值没有对应的时域资源索引。针对后者,第二信息域必须指示时域资源索引(也就是说,第二信息域必须设置为有对应的时域资源索引的值),或者,第二信息域可以指示时域资源索引(设置为有对应的时域资源索引的值)或不指示时域资源索引(设置为没有对应的时域资源索引的值)。In some embodiments, the bit value of the second information field includes a bit value with a corresponding time domain resource index and/or a bit value without a corresponding time domain resource index. For example, all values of the second information field have a corresponding time domain resource index, or a part of the values have a corresponding time domain resource index, and a part of the values do not have a corresponding time domain resource index. For the latter, the second information field must indicate the time domain resource index (that is, the second information field must be set to a value with a corresponding time domain resource index), or the second information field may indicate the time domain resource index (set to a value with a corresponding time domain resource index) or not indicate the time domain resource index (set to a value without a corresponding time domain resource index).
例如,在第一DCI格式的DCI中,第二信息域可以指示时域资源索引或不指示时域资源索引(也就是说,第二信息域可以设置为有对应的时域资源索引(即指示时域资源索引)或没有对应的时域资源索引的值(即不指示时域资源索引))。其中,“没有对应的时域资源索引的值”包括:不对应任何时域资源的值,和/或预留的值(reserved value),和/或,用于提供其他信息(例如用于指示NCR-Fwd开启/关闭等)的值(假设第二信息域既用于指示时域资源又用于指示NCR-Fwd开启/关闭),和/或预定义的特定值(例如全“0”s,全“1”s,此处不再一一示例),该特定值例如用于某些具体情况,例如协议规定在一些情况下,第二信息域应设置为该特定值,或者如果第二信息域设置为该特定值,将影响NCR-MT如何处理/理解该DCI中的其他一个或多个信息比特或信息域,但本申请并不以此作为限制。若第二信息域没有指示时域资源索引,则第二信息域没有指示时域资源。结合上述关于时域资源索引的说明,“第二信息域没有/不指示时域资源”,包括:第二信息域指示无效的时域资源索引和/或第二信息域没有/不指示时域资源索引。“第二信息域指示波束”,包括:第二信息域指示有效的时域资源索引和/或第二信息域指示时域资源索引。For example, in the DCI of the first DCI format, the second information field may indicate a time domain resource index or may not indicate a time domain resource index (that is, the second information field may be set to a value with a corresponding time domain resource index (i.e., indicating a time domain resource index) or a value without a corresponding time domain resource index (i.e., not indicating a time domain resource index)). The "value without a corresponding time domain resource index" includes: a value that does not correspond to any time domain resource, and/or a reserved value (reserved value), and/or a value used to provide other information (e.g., for indicating NCR-Fwd on/off, etc.) (assuming that the second information field is used to indicate both time domain resources and NCR-Fwd on/off), and/or a predefined specific value (e.g., all "0"s, all "1"s, examples are not given here one by one), the specific value is used, for example, in certain specific situations, for example, the protocol stipulates that in some cases, the second information field should be set to the specific value, or if the second information field is set to the specific value, it will affect how the NCR-MT processes/understands one or more other information bits or information fields in the DCI, but the present application is not limited thereto. If the second information field does not indicate the time domain resource index, then the second information field does not indicate the time domain resource. In combination with the above description of the time domain resource index, "the second information field does not/does not indicate the time domain resource" includes: the second information field indicates an invalid time domain resource index and/or the second information field does not/does not indicate the time domain resource index. "The second information field indicates a beam" includes: the second information field indicates a valid time domain resource index and/or the second information field indicates a time domain resource index.
在一些实施例中,第二信息域必须指示时域资源,或者,第二信息域可以指示时 域资源或不指示时域资源。In some embodiments, the second information field must indicate the time domain resource, or the second information field may indicate the time domain resource or may not indicate the time domain resource.
以下以表8至13为例示例性说明第二信息域。The second information field is illustrated below using Tables 8 to 13 as examples.
表8是第二信息域指示时域资源示例Table 8 is an example of the second information field indicating the time domain resources
如表8所示,时域资源表的长度I=4,时域资源索引仅包括有效的时域资源索引{1,2,3,4}。一部分比特值100,101,110,111是预留的值,没有对应的时域资源索引。As shown in Table 8, the length of the time domain resource table is I=4, and the time domain resource index only includes valid time domain resource indexes {1, 2, 3, 4}. Some bit values 100, 101, 110, 111 are reserved values and have no corresponding time domain resource index.
表9是第二信息域指示时域资源示例Table 9 is an example of the second information field indicating the time domain resources
如表9所示,时域资源表的长度I=4,时域资源索引包括有效的时域资源索引{0,1,2,3}和无效的时域资源索引{-1}。一部分比特值100,101,110是预留的值,没有对应的时域资源索引。As shown in Table 9, the length of the time domain resource table is I=4, and the time domain resource index includes valid time domain resource indexes {0, 1, 2, 3} and invalid time domain resource indexes {-1}. Some bit values 100, 101, 110 are reserved values and have no corresponding time domain resource index.
表10是第二信息域指示时域资源示例Table 10 is an example of the second information field indicating the time domain resources
如表10所示,时域资源表的长度I=4,时域资源索引包括有效的时域资源索引{0,1,2,3}和无效的时域资源索引{-1}。一部分比特值111,101,110是预留的值,没有对应的时域资源索引。As shown in Table 10, the length of the time domain resource table is I=4, and the time domain resource index includes valid time domain resource indexes {0, 1, 2, 3} and invalid time domain resource indexes {-1}. Some bit values 111, 101, 110 are reserved values and have no corresponding time domain resource index.
表11是第二信息域指示时域资源示例Table 11 is an example of the second information field indicating the time domain resources
如表11所示,时域资源表的长度I=4,时域资源索引包括有效的时域资源索引{1,2,3,4}和无效的时域资源索引{0}或者时域资源索引仅包括有效的时域资源索引{1,2,3,4},‘000’为预定义的特定值,没有对应的时域资源索引。另外一部分比特值111,101,110是预留的值,没有对应的时域资源索引。As shown in Table 11, the length of the time domain resource table is I=4, the time domain resource index includes a valid time domain resource index {1, 2, 3, 4} and an invalid time domain resource index {0} or the time domain resource index only includes a valid time domain resource index {1, 2, 3, 4}, '000' is a predefined specific value and has no corresponding time domain resource index. Another part of the bit values 111, 101, 110 are reserved values and have no corresponding time domain resource index.
表12是第二信息域指示时域资源示例Table 12 is an example of the second information field indicating the time domain resources
如表12所示,时域资源表的长度I=4,时域资源索引包括有效的时域资源索引{0,1,2,3}和无效的时域资源索引{0}。As shown in Table 12, the length of the time domain resource table is I=4, and the time domain resource index includes valid time domain resource indexes {0, 1, 2, 3} and invalid time domain resource index {0}.
表13是第二信息域指示时域资源示例Table 13 is an example of the second information field indicating the time domain resources
如表13所示,时域资源表的长度I=4,时域资源索引包括有效的时域资源索引{0,1,2,3}(或者替换为{1,2,3,4})。所有比特值都有对应的时域资源索引。As shown in Table 13, the length of the time domain resource table is I=4, and the time domain resource index includes valid time domain resource indexes {0, 1, 2, 3} (or replaced by {1, 2, 3, 4}). All bit values have corresponding time domain resource indexes.
在一些实施例中,第二信息域的数量是预定义的和/或由高层信令配置/指示的。第二信息域的数量可以与第一信息域的数量和/或时域资源表中的配置包括的时域资源数量相关。In some embodiments, the number of the second information fields is predefined and/or configured/indicated by high-layer signaling. The number of the second information fields may be related to the number of the first information fields and/or the number of time domain resources included in the configuration in the time domain resource table.
例如,在第二信息域的数量是预定义时,可以预定义该第一DCI格式的DCI中包括N 2,fields个第一信息域。例如,第一DCI格式的中包括且仅包括一个第二信息域,即N 2,fields=1。或者,第二信息域的数量和第一信息域的数量相同,即N 2,fields=N 1,fields。或者,第一DCI格式的DCI包括N 1,fields>1或N 1,fields≥1个第一信息域,高层信令配置一个上述时域资源表,当该时域资源表的每个配置都仅包括1个时域资源或者至多包括1个时域资源时,第一DCI格式的DCI中包括N 2,fields=N 1,fields个第二信息域(均对应该时域资源表),当该时域资源表的一个或多个配置或者至少一个配置包括多于1个时域资源时,第一DCI格式的DCI中包括N 2,fields=1个第二信息域,以上仅为示例,本申请并不以此作为限制。 For example, when the number of second information fields is predefined, it can be predefined that the DCI of the first DCI format includes N 2,fields first information fields. For example, the first DCI format includes and only includes one second information field, that is, N 2,fields = 1. Or, the number of second information fields is the same as the number of first information fields, that is, N 2,fields = N 1,fields . Alternatively, the DCI in the first DCI format includes N 1,fields >1 or N 1,fields ≥1 first information fields, and the high-level signaling configures one of the above-mentioned time domain resource tables. When each configuration of the time domain resource table includes only 1 time domain resource or at most 1 time domain resource, the DCI in the first DCI format includes N 2,fields =N 1,fields second information fields (all corresponding to the time domain resource table). When one or more configurations or at least one configuration of the time domain resource table includes more than 1 time domain resource, the DCI in the first DCI format includes N 2,fields =1 second information field. The above is only an example and the present application is not limited to this.
例如,在第二信息域的数量是由高层信令配置/指示的时,引入一个新的高层参数3,该高层参数3用于配置第一DCI format中第二信息域的数量N
2,fields。
For example, when the number of second information fields is configured/indicated by higher layer signaling, a new
例如, (不限于此,也可以定义为非连续的大于0的整数集), 是预定义的,表示第一DCI format所能被配置的第二信息域的最大数。 For example, (Not limited to this, it can also be defined as a non-continuous set of integers greater than 0), It is predefined and indicates the maximum number of second information fields that can be configured in the first DCI format.
再例如,N 2,fields∈{1,N 1,fields},也就是说,该高层参数可以配置第一DCI format中包括N 2,fields=1个第二信息域或者包括N 2,fields=N 1,fields个第二信息域。 For another example, N 2,fields ∈{1,N 1,fields }, that is, the high-layer parameter may configure the first DCI format to include N 2,fields =1 second information field or N 2,fields =N 1,fields second information field.
再例如,该高层参数用于配置第一信息域和第二信息域的对应关系,进而间接/隐式配置第二信息域的数量。例如,若配置为一一对应,则包括N 2,fields=N 1,fields个第二信息域,若配置为多对一(或者all-to-one),则包括N 2,fields=1个第二信息域。特别地,若只包括1个第一信息域,在配置第二信息域的数量时(1个),从配置的角度,可以属于“一一对应”,也可以属于“多对一”。 For another example, the high-level parameter is used to configure the correspondence between the first information field and the second information field, and then indirectly/implicitly configure the number of the second information field. For example, if the configuration is one-to-one correspondence, it includes N 2,fields = N 1,fields second information fields, and if the configuration is many-to-one (or all-to-one), it includes N 2,fields = 1 second information field. In particular, if only one first information field is included, when configuring the number of second information fields (1), from the perspective of configuration, it can be "one-to-one correspondence" or "many-to-one".
另一方面,在第一信息域和第二信息域的数量均由高层参数配置的情况下,第一信息域和第二信息域的数量是由不同的高层参数分别配置的,或者是由同一个高层参数配置的(即高层参数1和高层参数3相同或不同)。On the other hand, when the number of the first information field and the second information field are both configured by high-level parameters, the number of the first information field and the second information field are respectively configured by different high-level parameters, or are configured by the same high-level parameter (that is, high-
不同高层参数分别配置Different high-level parameters are configured separately
例如,引入一个新的高层参数配置第一信息域的数量N 1,fields,引入另一个新的高层参数用于配置第二信息域的数量N 2,fields。(分别参见前文的说明) For example, a new high-level parameter is introduced to configure the number of the first information field N 1,fields , and another new high-level parameter is introduced to configure the number of the second information field N 2,fields . (See the previous descriptions respectively)
同一个高层参数配置:The same high-level parameter configuration:
例如,引入一个新的高层参数,该高层参数用于配置第一信息域和第二信息域的数量。For example, a new high-level parameter is introduced, and the high-level parameter is used to configure the number of the first information field and the second information field.
例如,第一信息域和第二信息域成对存在,该高层参数用于配置{第一信息域,第二信息域}对的数量。或者,该高层参数用于配置block的数量(block在“列举顺序”中介绍)。或者,该高层参数联合配置第一信息域和第二信息域的数量,例如配置{N 1,fields,N 2,fields}对,例如可以为配置{N,1},或{N,N},其中N≥1,不限于此。或者,该高层参数分别配置第一信息域和第二信息域的数量。 For example, the first information field and the second information field exist in pairs, and the high-level parameter is used to configure the number of {first information field, second information field} pairs. Alternatively, the high-level parameter is used to configure the number of blocks (blocks are introduced in "Listing Order"). Alternatively, the high-level parameter jointly configures the number of the first information field and the second information field, for example, configures {N 1,fields ,N 2,fields } pairs, for example, it can be configured {N,1}, or {N,N}, where N≥1, but is not limited thereto. Alternatively, the high-level parameter configures the number of the first information field and the second information field separately.
再例如,该高层参数用于配置第一信息域的数量N 1,fields或者第二信息域的数量N 2,fields,同时协议规定N 1,fields=N 2,fields,由此NCR-MT也可以根据该高层参数获知第一信息域和第二信息域的数量,也就是说,该高层参数用于直接配置第一信息域的数量,间接配置第二信息域的数量,或者相反,直接配置第二信息域的数量,间接配置第一信息域的数量。 For another example, the high-level parameter is used to configure the number of first information fields N 1,fields or the number of second information fields N 2,fields , and the protocol stipulates that N 1,fields = N 2,fields , so that NCR-MT can also obtain the number of first information fields and second information fields based on the high-level parameter. That is to say, the high-level parameter is used to directly configure the number of first information fields and indirectly configure the number of second information fields, or vice versa, directly configure the number of second information fields and indirectly configure the number of first information fields.
例如,第二信息域的数量是预定义的和由高层信令配置/指示的时,在高层信令没有配置/指示的情况下(例如没有提供上述高层参数3时),第二信息域的数量是预定义的(也就是说,协议规定一个缺省的数量,该缺省的数量应用于高层信令没有配置第二信息域的数量的情况下),在高层信令配置/指示了的情况下(例如提供了上述高层参数3时),第二信息域的数量是高层信令配置/指示的。For example, when the number of second information fields is predefined and configured/indicated by high-level signaling, when the high-level signaling is not configured/indicated (for example, when the above-mentioned high-
在一些实施例中,第二信息域的位宽是预定义的和/或由高层信令配置或指示的。其中,第二信息域的位宽即第二信息域包括的比特数,在第一DCI格式的DCI包括多个第二信息域的情况下,不同第二信息域对应的时域资源表和/或时域资源索引集相同或不同,不同第二信息域的位宽相同或不同。第二信息域的位宽与相应时域资源表的长度I(也就是包括的配置的数量)和/或时域资源索引的数量N TI和/或有效的时域资源索引的数量N TI,valid有关。 In some embodiments, the bit width of the second information field is predefined and/or configured or indicated by high-level signaling. The bit width of the second information field is the number of bits included in the second information field. When the DCI in the first DCI format includes multiple second information fields, the time domain resource tables and/or time domain resource index sets corresponding to different second information fields are the same or different, and the bit widths of different second information fields are the same or different. The bit width of the second information field is related to the length I of the corresponding time domain resource table (that is, the number of configurations included) and/or the number of time domain resource indexes N TI and/or the number of valid time domain resource indexes N TI,valid .
例如,第二信息域的位宽L 2,bitwidth由该表(list)的长度确定。例如, 或 或 或 或 或 其中Q为大于0的整数(例如Q=1),是预定义的和/或由高层信令配置/指示的。Q例如等于第二信息域中不用于指示时域资源索引的比特的数量(这里假设第二信息域中可以包括2部分候选比特值,其中一部分不用于指示时域资源索引),或者不对应时域资源索引的(或者说不用于指示时域资源索引的)值的数量,或者,不对应有效的时域资源索引的值的数量,或者,无效的时域资源索引的数量,或者预定义的特定值的数量,或者上述两个或两个以上数量之和(例如无效的时域资源索引的数量+预定义的特定值的数量)。其中,预定义的特定值如前所述,此处不再重复。其中,若时域资源表(暗含长度I)和/或时域资源索引的数量N TI和/或有效的时域资源索引的数量N TI,valid是由高层信令(例如高层参数)配置/指示的,也可以说,该高层信令(例如高层参数)用于间接/隐式配置/指示第二信息域的位宽。 For example, the bit width of the second information field is L 2, and the bitwidth is determined by the length of the list. or or or or or Wherein Q is an integer greater than 0 (for example, Q=1), which is predefined and/or configured/indicated by high-level signaling. Q is, for example, equal to the number of bits in the second information field that are not used to indicate the time domain resource index (here, it is assumed that the second information field may include 2 parts of candidate bit values, one of which is not used to indicate the time domain resource index), or the number of values that do not correspond to the time domain resource index (or are not used to indicate the time domain resource index), or the number of values that do not correspond to the valid time domain resource index, or the number of invalid time domain resource indexes, or the number of predefined specific values, or the sum of two or more of the above numbers (for example, the number of invalid time domain resource indexes + the number of predefined specific values). Wherein, the predefined specific value is as described above and is not repeated here. Wherein, if the time domain resource table (implied length I) and/or the number of time domain resource indexes N TI and/or the number of valid time domain resource indexes N TI,valid are configured/indicated by high-level signaling (for example, high-level parameters), it can also be said that the high-level signaling (for example, high-level parameters) is used to indirectly/implicitly configure/indicate the bit width of the second information field.
例如,第二信息域的位宽L
2,bitwidth由高层信令配置或指示,例如引入一个或多个新的高层参数4,该高层参数4用于配置第二信息域的位宽L
2,bitwidth,具体可以参考高层参数2配置第一信息域的位宽,此处不再重复。例如,引入一个上述高层参数4,配置的位宽应用于第一DCI格式的DCI中的所有第二信息域。或者,引入多个上述高层参数4,分别用于配置不同第二信息域的位宽。
For example, the bit width L 2, bitwidth of the second information field is configured or indicated by high-level signaling, for example, one or more new high-
例如,该位宽是预定义的和由高层信令配置或指示的,在高层信令没有配置/指示的情况下(例如没有提供上述高层参数4时),第二信息域的位宽是预定义的(也就是说,协议规定一个缺省的位宽,该缺省的位宽应用于高层信令没有配置第二信息域的位宽的情况下),在高层信令配置/指示了的情况下(例如提供了上述高层参数4时),第二信息域的位宽是高层信令配置/指示的。For example, the bit width is predefined and configured or indicated by high-level signaling. When the high-level signaling is not configured/indicated (for example, when the above-mentioned high-
以下说明第一信息域和第二信息域如何在第一DCI格式的DCI中排列。The following describes how the first information field and the second information field are arranged in the DCI of the first DCI format.
在一些实施例中,所述下行控制信息中各个信息域的顺序包括:所有第二信息域排列在所有第一信息域之后或之前,或者,所述第二信息域与所述第一信息域交叉排列。In some embodiments, the order of the information fields in the downlink control information includes: all the second information fields are arranged after or before all the first information fields, or the second information fields are arranged alternately with the first information fields.
在一些实施例中,所有N 2,fields个第二信息域在所有N 1,fields个第一信息域之前或之后。 In some embodiments, all N 2,fields second information fields precede or follow all N 1,fields first information fields.
例如:N 1,fields≥1,N 2,fields=1 For example: N 1, fields ≥ 1, N 2, fields = 1
例1:第二信息域在第一信息域之后Example 1: The second information field follows the first information field
第一信息域1,第一信息域2,……,第一信息域N
1,fields,第二信息域
例2:第二信息域在第一信息域之前Example 2: The second information field comes before the first information field
第二信息域,第一信息域1,第一信息域2,……,第一信息域N
1,fields
Second information field,
例如:N 1,fields≥1,N 2,fields=N 1,fields For example: N 1,fields ≥ 1, N 2,fields = N 1,fields
例1:第二信息域在第一信息域之后Example 1: The second information field follows the first information field
第一信息域1,第一信息域2,……,第一信息域N
1,fields,第二信息域1,第二信息域2,……,第二信息域N
2,fields
例2:第二信息域在第一信息域之前Example 2: The second information field comes before the first information field
第二信息域1,第二信息域2,……,第二信息域N
2,fields,第一信息域1,第一信息域2,……,第一信息域N
1,fields。
在一些实施例中,所述第二信息域与所述第一信息域交叉(间隔)排列。例如,该N 2,fields个第二信息域与N 1,fields个第一信息域在第一DCI format中按先第一信息域后第二信息域的顺序交叉列举,或者按先第二信息域后第二信息域的顺序交叉列举。 In some embodiments, the second information field is arranged crosswise (interleaved) with the first information field. For example, the N 2,fields second information fields and the N 1,fields first information fields are cross-listed in the first DCI format in the order of the first information field first and the second information field second, or cross-listed in the order of the second information field first and the second information field second.
例如:N 1,fields≥1,N 2,fields=1 For example: N 1, fields ≥ 1, N 2, fields = 1
例1:第一信息域1,第二信息域1,第一信息域2,……,第一信息域N
1,fields
Example 1:
例如:N 1,fields≥1,N 2,fields=N 1,fields For example: N 1,fields ≥ 1, N 2,fields = N 1,fields
例1:第一信息域1,第二信息域1,第一信息域2,第二信息域2,……,第一信息域N
1,fields,第二信息域N
2,fields
Example 1:
例2:第二信息域1,第一信息域1,第二信息域2,第一信息域2,……,第二信息域N
2,fields,……,第一信息域N
1,fields。
Example 2:
例3:在第一DCI格式中包括N
block个块block,顺序为block number 1,block number 2,……,block number N
block。每个block定义一个或多个第一信息域,一个或多个第二信息域。在一个block中,第一信息域和第二信息域按上述方式排列。例如每个block包括一个第一信息域和一个第二信息域,N
block=N
1,fields=N
2,fields,同一个block中的第一信息域和第二信息域对应:
Example 3: The first DCI format includes N blocks , in the order of
Block 1:第一信息域1,第二信息域1或第二信息域1,第一信息域1Block 1:
Block 2:第一信息域2,第二信息域2或第二信息域2,第一信息域2Block 2:
………
Block N block:第一信息域N 1,fields,第二信息域N 2,fields或第二信息域N 2,fields,第 一信息域N 1,fields。 Block N block : first information field N 1, fields , second information field N 2, fields or second information field N 2, fields , first information field N 1, fields .
第一信息域的数量N 1,fields和第二信息域的数量N 2,fields不同时如何排列第一信息域和第二信息域不再一一示例。 When the number N1,fields of the first information fields and the number N2 ,fields of the second information fields are different, how to arrange the first information fields and the second information fields will not be illustrated one by one.
以下说明第一信息域和第二信息域的对应关系和/或第一信息域指示的波束(波束索引)与第二信息域指示的时域资源的对应关系。The following describes the correspondence between the first information field and the second information field and/or the correspondence between the beam (beam index) indicated by the first information field and the time domain resource indicated by the second information field.
在一些实施例中,所述第一信息域与所述第二信息域一一对应,或者多个所述第一信息域对应一个所述第二信息域,或者一个所述第一信息域对应多个所述第二信息域。In some embodiments, the first information field corresponds to the second information field one by one, or a plurality of the first information fields correspond to one second information field, or one first information field corresponds to a plurality of the second information fields.
(一)针对N 1,fields≥1,N 2,fields=1 (I) For N1,fields ≥ 1, N2 ,fields = 1
在一些实施例中,所有第一信息域都对应该一个第二信息域,也就是说,所有第一信息域指示的波束都应用于该第二信息域指示的一个或多个时域资源(不同第一信息域指示的波束应用于其中相同或不同的时域资源)。第一信息域(或者说第一信息域指示的波束或波束索引或有效的波束索引)和第二信息域指示的时域资源可以是一一对应或多对一或一对多的。其中,一一对应例如是指:一个第一信息域指示的波束对应一个时域资源,不同第一信息域指示的波束对应一个第二信息域指示的不同的时域资源,或者说,一个时域资源对应一个第一信息域指示的波束,不同时域资源对应不同第一信息域指示的波束;多对一例如是指多个第一信息域指示的波束对应同一个时域资源,多个第一信息域中不同第一信息域指示的波束对应不同的频域资源;一对多例如是指,一个第一信息域指示的波束对应一个第二信息域指示的多个时域资源,该多个时域资源可以存在或不存在重叠/交叠。In some embodiments, all first information fields correspond to one second information field, that is, all beams indicated by the first information fields are applied to one or more time domain resources indicated by the second information field (beams indicated by different first information fields are applied to the same or different time domain resources). The first information field (or the beam indicated by the first information field or the beam index or the effective beam index) and the time domain resources indicated by the second information field may correspond one-to-one or many-to-one or one-to-many. Among them, one-to-one correspondence, for example, means: a beam indicated by a first information domain corresponds to a time domain resource, and beams indicated by different first information domains correspond to different time domain resources indicated by a second information domain, or, one time domain resource corresponds to a beam indicated by a first information domain, and different time domain resources correspond to beams indicated by different first information domains; many-to-one, for example, means that beams indicated by multiple first information domains correspond to the same time domain resource, and beams indicated by different first information domains in multiple first information domains correspond to different frequency domain resources; one-to-many, for example, means that a beam indicated by a first information domain corresponds to multiple time domain resources indicated by a second information domain, and the multiple time domain resources may or may not overlap.
在一些实施例中,在第一DCI格式的DCI中,所有第一信息域都必须指示波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引,或者,必须至少有X个(e.g.至少1个)第一信息域指示了波束或指示了有效的波束索引或者指示了波束索引(可以有一个或多个不指示波束或有效的波束索引或不指示波束索引)。在后一种情况中,例如,其中的一部分第一信息域(例如第1个第一信息域)必须指示波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引或者任一第一信息域都可以指示或不指示波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引,和/或,在第n个第一信息域指示了无效的波束索引或没有指示波束或没有指示波束索引的情况下,第n个第一信息域和/或第n+1及其后的第一信息域被NCR-MT忽略(也就是说,NCR-MT仅认为前n-1个第一信息域指示了波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引 (下述 ),NCR-MT忽略第一信息域是指无需根据该第一信息域进行转发,例如:读取该第一信息域但无需根据该第一信息域转发,或者无需读取该第一信息域,进而无需根据该第一信息域转发),即使第n+1或其后的第一信息域指示了波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引)和/或第n+1及其后的第一信息域必须指示无效的波束索引或不指示波束或不指示波束索引。 In some embodiments, in the DCI of the first DCI format, all first information fields must indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, or, there must be at least X (eg at least 1) first information fields indicating a beam or indicating a valid beam index or indicating a beam index (there may be one or more that do not indicate a beam or a valid beam index or do not indicate a beam index). In the latter case, for example, a portion of the first information fields (e.g., the first first information field) must indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, or any first information field may indicate or not indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, and/or, in the case where the nth first information field indicates an invalid beam index or does not indicate a beam or does not indicate a beam index, the nth first information field and/or the n+1th and subsequent first information fields are ignored by the NCR-MT (that is, the NCR-MT only considers that the first n-1 first information fields indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index (described below) ), NCR-MT ignores the first information field means that there is no need to forward according to the first information field, for example: reading the first information field but not forwarding according to the first information field, or not reading the first information field, and then not forwarding according to the first information field), even if the first information field (n+1) or later indicates a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index) and/or the first information field (n+1) or later must indicate an invalid beam index or does not indicate a beam or does not indicate a beam index.
在一些实施例中,若第n个第一信息域(除第一个第一信息域以外的)指示的波束或波束索引或者设置的比特值和此前的一个第一信息域(例如相邻的前一个(n-1)或第一个第一信息域)相同,则第n个第一信息域和/或第n个第一信息域之后(第n+1及其后)的第一信息域被NCR-MT忽略(也就是说,NCR-MT仅认为前n-1个第一信息域指示了波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引(下述 )),和/或,必须指示无效的波束索引或不指示波束或不指示波束索引或同样的波束或波束索引或者设置为同样的比特值(和第n个第一信息域相同)。特别地,该第n个第一信息域也可以称为无效的第一信息域。 In some embodiments, if the beam or beam index indicated by the nth first information field (except the first first information field) or the bit value set is the same as that of a previous first information field (for example, the adjacent previous (n-1) or the first first information field), the nth first information field and/or the first information field after the nth first information field (the n+1th and thereafter) is ignored by the NCR-MT (that is, the NCR-MT only considers that the first n-1 first information fields indicate beams or valid beam indices or beam indices (described below) )), and/or, must indicate an invalid beam index or no beam or no beam index or the same beam or beam index or set to the same bit value (the same as the nth first information field). In particular, the nth first information field can also be called an invalid first information field.
在一些实施例中,没有指示波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引的第一信息域和/或被NCR忽略的第一信息域可以称为无效的第一信息域,指示了波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引的第一信息域和/或没有被NCR忽略的第一信息域可以称为有效的第一信息域。In some embodiments, a first information field that does not indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index and/or a first information field that is ignored by the NCR may be referred to as an invalid first information field, and a first information field that indicates a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index and/or a first information field that is not ignored by the NCR may be referred to as a valid first information field.
在一些实施例中,由于只有一个第二信息域,对应上述“所有第一信息域都必须指示波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引”,该第二信息域必须指示N 1,fields个时域资源。也就是说,第二信息域指示的配置必须包括至少N 1,fields个(e.g.必须包括N 1,fields个)时域资源,也就是说,第二信息域(或者说第一DCI格式的DCI)对应的时域资源表中的每个配置分别必须包括至少N 1,fields个(e.g.必须包括N 1,fields个)时域资源。对应上述“至少有X个(e.g.至少1个)第一信息域指示了波束或指示了有效的波束索引或者指示了波束索引”,该第二信息域必须指示至少1个时域资源。也就是说,第二信息域指示的配置必须包括至少X个(e.g.至少1个)时域资源,也就是说,第二信息域(或者说第一DCI格式的DCI)对应的时域资源表中的每个配置分别必须包括至少X个(e.g.至少1个)时域资源。 In some embodiments, since there is only one second information field, corresponding to the above “all first information fields must indicate beams or valid beam indices or beam indices”, the second information field must indicate N 1,fields time domain resources. That is, the configuration indicated by the second information field must include at least N 1,fields (eg must include N 1,fields ) time domain resources, that is, each configuration in the time domain resource table corresponding to the second information field (or the DCI of the first DCI format) must include at least N 1,fields (eg must include N 1,fields ) time domain resources. Corresponding to the above “at least X (eg at least 1) first information fields indicate beams or indicate valid beam indices or indicate beam indices”, the second information field must indicate at least 1 time domain resource. That is, the configuration indicated by the second information field must include at least X (eg at least 1) time domain resources, that is, each configuration in the time domain resource table corresponding to the second information field (or the DCI of the first DCI format) must include at least X (eg at least 1) time domain resources.
在一些实施例中,第一信息域(或者所说第一信息域指示的波束或波束索引或有效的波束索引)与第二信息域指示的时域资源之间的对应关系根据第一信息域在第一 DCI格式的DCI中列举的顺序,和/或,第一信息域是否指示了波束或者指示了有效的波束索引或者指示了波束索引,和/或,第二信息域指示的时域资源在时域资源表配置的列举的顺序,和/或,第二信息域指示的时域资源在时域上的顺序,确定。In some embodiments, the correspondence between the first information field (or the beam or beam index or valid beam index indicated by the first information field) and the time domain resources indicated by the second information field is determined according to the order in which the first information field is listed in the DCI of the first DCI format, and/or whether the first information field indicates a beam or indicates a valid beam index or indicates a beam index, and/or the order in which the time domain resources indicated by the second information field are listed in the time domain resource table configuration, and/or the order of the time domain resources indicated by the second information field in the time domain.
例如,第n个第一信息域(或者说第n个第一信息域指示的波束或波束索引或有效的波束索引)对应第二信息域指示的第n个时域资源。再例如,第n个指示了波束或指示了有效的波束索引或者指示了波束索引的第一信息域(或者说第n个指示了波束或指示了有效的波束索引或者指示了波束索引的第一信息域指示的波束或波束索引或有效的波束索引)对应第二信息域指示的第n个时域资源。For example, the nth first information field (or the beam or beam index or valid beam index indicated by the nth first information field) corresponds to the nth time domain resource indicated by the second information field. For another example, the nth first information field indicating a beam or indicating a valid beam index or indicating a beam index (or the beam or beam index or valid beam index indicated by the nth first information field indicating a beam or indicating a valid beam index or indicating a beam index) corresponds to the nth time domain resource indicated by the second information field.
以下示例说明该对应关系。The following example illustrates this correspondence.
在一些实施例中,在有第一数量个 ( 或 )个第一信息域指示了波束或者指示了有效的波束索引或者指示了波束索引时,一个第二信息域指示所述第一数量个时域资源,或者一个第二信息域指示不小于所述第一数量个时域资源。 In some embodiments, when there are a first number of ( or ) when a first information field indicates a beam or indicates a valid beam index or indicates a beam index, a second information field indicates the first number of time domain resources, or a second information field indicates no less than the first number of time domain resources.
例如,第二信息域必须指示第一数量个 个时域资源。 个第一信息域(或者说 个第一信息域指示的 波束或波束索引)与N TR个时域资源一一对应。 For example, the second information field must indicate the first number of time domain resources. The first information domain (or The first information field indicates The beam or beam index) corresponds one-to-one to N TR time domain resources.
该对应关系例如根据该 个第一信息域在第一DCI格式的DCI中列举的顺序,和/或,时域资源在时域资源表配置的列举的顺序或时域资源在时域上的顺序,确定。 This correspondence is, for example, based on the The order in which the first information fields are listed in the DCI of the first DCI format and/or the order in which the time domain resources are listed in the time domain resource table configuration or the order of the time domain resources in the time domain is determined.
图3A是本申请实施例的该对应关系示意图,如图3A所示,共有第一数量个第一信息域,按照在第一DCI格式的DCI中列举的顺序为第一信息域1,第一信息域2,...,第一信息域N,每个第一信息域都指示了波束,该一个第二信息域指示了第一数量个时域资源,该第一数量个时域资源时域资源表配置的列举的顺序或时域资源在时域上的顺序为y_1,y_2,y_3,...,y_N,第一信息域1(指示的波束索引x_1,或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_1对应,第一信息域2(指示的波束索引x_2,或者说指示的波束x_2)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_2对应,以此类推,第一信息域N(指示的波束索引x_N,或者说指示的波束x_N)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_N对应。Figure 3A is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship of an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3A, there are a first number of first information fields, which are
图3B是本申请实施例的该对应关系示意图,如图3B所示,共有N个第一信息 域,按照在第一DCI格式的DCI中列举的顺序为第一信息域1,第一信息域2,...,第一信息域N,只有第一数量N-1个第一信息域指示了有效的波束索引,该一个第二信息域指示了第一数量N-1个时域资源,该第一数量个时域资源时域资源表配置的列举的顺序或时域资源在时域上的顺序为y_1,y_2,y_3,...,y_N-1,第一信息域1(指示的波束索引x_1,或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_1对应,第一信息域3(指示的波束索引x_3,或者说指示的波束x_3)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_2对应,以此类推,第一信息域N(指示的波束索引x_N,或者说指示的波束x_N)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_N-1对应。FIG3B is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG3B , there are N first information Domains, according to the order listed in the DCI of the first DCI format, are the
图3C是本申请实施例的该对应关系示意图,如图3C所示,共有N个第一信息域,按照在第一DCI格式的DCI中列举的顺序为第一信息域1,第一信息域2,...,第一信息域N,只有第一数量2个第一信息域(第一信息域1和第二信息域2)指示了有效的波束索引,该一个第二信息域指示了第一数量2个时域资源,该2个时域资源时域资源表配置的列举的顺序或时域资源在时域上的顺序为y_1,y_2,第一信息域1(指示的波束索引x_1,或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_1对应,第一信息域2(指示的波束索引x_2,或者说指示的波束x_2)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_2对应。Figure 3C is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship of an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3C, there are N first information fields in total, which are
例如,第二信息域可以指示 个时域资源, 个第一信息域(或者说 个第一信息域指示的 波束或波束索引)与其中 个时域资源一一对应。该 个时域资源例如是指N TR个时域资源中的前 个时域资源,例如时域资源表配置中列举的前 个时域资源或者在时域上的前 个时域资源。NCR可以忽略之后的(或者说剩余的)时域资源,但不限于此, 个时域资源也可以是N TR个时域资源中的其他 个时域资源。 For example, the second information field may indicate Time domain resources, The first information domain (or The first information field indicates beam or beam index) with There is a one-to-one correspondence between the time domain resources. For example, the first time domain resource of N TR time domain resources refers to time domain resources, such as the previous one listed in the time domain resource table configuration time domain resources or the previous time domain resources. NCR may ignore the subsequent (or remaining) time domain resources, but is not limited to this. The time domain resource may also be other ones of the N TR time domain resources. time domain resources.
该对应关系例如根据N 1,fields个第一信息域在第一DCI格式中列举的顺序和/或 个第一信息域在第一DCI格式中列举的顺序,和/或,时域资源在时域资源表配置的列举的顺序和/或时域资源在时域上的顺序,确定。 The corresponding relationship is, for example, based on the order in which the N 1,fields first information fields are listed in the first DCI format and/or The order in which the first information fields are listed in the first DCI format and/or the order in which the time domain resources are listed in the time domain resource table configuration and/or the order of the time domain resources in the time domain is determined.
图3D是本申请实施例的该对应关系示意图,如图3D所示,共有N个第一信息域,按照在第一DCI格式的DCI中列举的顺序为第一信息域1,第一信息域2,...,第一信息域N,只有第一数量2个第一信息域(第一信息域1和第二信息域2)指示了有效的波束索引,该一个第二信息域指示了大于第一数量个时域资源(例如N个), 该N个时域资源时域资源表配置的列举的顺序或时域资源在时域上的顺序为y_1,y_2,...,y_N,第一信息域1(指示的波束索引x_1,或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_1对应,第一信息域2(指示的波束索引x_2,或者说指示的波束x_2)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_2对应,第一信息域3(指示无效的波束索引)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_3对应,依次类推,第一信息域N(指示无效的波束索引)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_N对应。由于第一信息域3没有指示波束,NCR忽略第一信息域4及其后的第一信息域,即NCR忽略没有指示波束的第一信息域对应的时域资源,和/或,第一信息域4及其后的第一信息域都不指示波束。FIG3D is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG3D , there are N first information fields in total, which are
图3E是本申请实施例的该对应关系示意图,如图3E所示,共有N个第一信息域,按照在第一DCI格式的DCI中列举的顺序为第一信息域1,第一信息域2,...,第一信息域N,第一数量N-1个第一信息域指示了有效的波束索引,另外,第二信息域2没有指示波束,该一个第二信息域指示了大于第一数量个时域资源(例如N个),该N个时域资源时域资源表配置的列举的顺序或时域资源在时域上的顺序为y_1,y_2,...,y_N,指示了波束的第一数量个第一信息域对应前第一数量个时域资源,第一信息域1(指示的波束索引x_1,或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_1对应,第一信息域3(指示的波束索引x_3,或者说指示的波束x_3)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_2对应,依次类推,第一信息域N(指示的波束索引x_N,或者说指示的波束x_N)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_N-1对应。NCR忽略没有对应波束的(或者说剩余的)时域资源。FIG3E is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG3E , there are N first information fields in total, which are
以上示例中均假设指示的第二信息域指示的时域资源的数量与第一信息域的数量相同,但本申请并不以此作为限制,也可以多于或少于第一信息域的数量。In the above examples, it is assumed that the number of time domain resources indicated by the second information field is the same as the number of the first information field, but the present application is not limited thereto and may be more or less than the number of the first information field.
以上示例中一个第一信息域指示的波束对应一个时域资源(即前述一一对应的情况),不同第一信息域指示的波束对应一个第二信息域指示的不同的时域资源,但本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。In the above example, a beam indicated by a first information field corresponds to a time domain resource (i.e., the one-to-one correspondence mentioned above), and beams indicated by different first information fields correspond to different time domain resources indicated by a second information field, but the embodiments of the present application are not limited to this.
图3F是本申请实施例的该对应关系示意图,如图3F所示,多个第一信息域指示的波束对应同一个时域资源(前述多对一的情况),其中,共有N个第一信息域,按照在第一DCI格式的DCI中列举的顺序为第一信息域1,第一信息域2,...,第一信息域N,都指示了波束索引,该一个第二信息域指示了N/2个时域资源,该N/2个时域 资源时域资源表配置的列举的顺序或时域资源在时域上的顺序为y_1,y_2,...,y_N/2,第一信息域1(指示的波束索引x_1)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_1对应,第一信息域2(指示的波束索引x_2)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_1对应,每两个第一信息域对应一个时域资源,依次类推,第一信息域N-1(指示的波束索引x_N-1)和第一信息域N(指示的波束索引x_N)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_N/2对应。FIG3F is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG3F , beams indicated by multiple first information fields correspond to the same time domain resource (the aforementioned many-to-one situation), wherein there are N first information fields in total, which are
图3G是本申请实施例的该对应关系示意图,如图3G所示,一个第一信息域指示的波束对应一个第二信息域指示的多个时域资源(前述一对多的情况),其中,共有N个第一信息域,按照在第一DCI格式的DCI中列举的顺序为第一信息域1,第一信息域2,...,第一信息域N,都指示了波束索引,该一个第二信息域指示了2N个时域资源,该2N个时域资源时域资源表配置的列举的顺序或时域资源在时域上的顺序为y_1,y_2,...,y_2N,第一信息域1(指示的波束索引x_1)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_1和y_2对应,一个第一信息域对应两个时域资源,依次类推,第一信息域N(指示的波束索引x_N)与第二信息域指示的时域资源y_2N-1和y_2N对应。Figure 3G is a schematic diagram of the corresponding relationship of an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 3G, a beam indicated by a first information field corresponds to multiple time domain resources indicated by a second information field (the aforementioned one-to-many situation), wherein there are N first information fields in total, which are
(二)针对N 1,fields≥1,N 2,fields=N 1,fields (II) For N 1,fields ≥ 1, N 2,fields =N 1,fields
在一些实施例中,第一信息域(或者所说第一信息域指示的波束或波束索引)与第二信息域(或者说第二信息域指示的时域资源)是一一对应的或多对一的或一对多的。其中,一一对应例如是指,一个第一信息域指示的波束对应一个第二信息域指示的时域资源,不同第一信息域指示的波束对应不同第二信息域指示的时域资源,或者反之,一个第二信息域指示的时域资源对应一个第一信息域指示的波束,不同第二信息域指示的时域资源对应不同第一信息域指示的波束。多对一例如是指多个第一信息域指示的波束对应同一个第二信息域指示的时域资源,该多个第一信息域中不同第一信息域指示的波束针对不同的频域资源和/或针对该第二信息域指示的不同的时域资源。一对多例如是指一个第一信息域指示的波束对应多个第二信息域指示的时域资源,该多个第二信息域指示的时域资源可以存在或不存在重叠/交叠。In some embodiments, the first information field (or the beam or beam index indicated by the first information field) and the second information field (or the time domain resource indicated by the second information field) are one-to-one corresponding or many-to-one corresponding or one-to-many corresponding. Among them, one-to-one corresponding means, for example, that a beam indicated by the first information field corresponds to a time domain resource indicated by the second information field, and beams indicated by different first information fields correspond to time domain resources indicated by different second information fields, or vice versa, a time domain resource indicated by the second information field corresponds to a beam indicated by the first information field, and time domain resources indicated by different second information fields correspond to beams indicated by different first information fields. Many-to-one means, for example, that beams indicated by multiple first information fields correspond to the same time domain resource indicated by the second information field, and beams indicated by different first information fields in the multiple first information fields are for different frequency domain resources and/or for different time domain resources indicated by the second information field. One-to-many means, for example, that a beam indicated by the first information field corresponds to time domain resources indicated by multiple second information fields, and the time domain resources indicated by the multiple second information fields may or may not overlap.
在一些实施例中,在第一DCI格式的DCI中,所有第一信息域都必须指示波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引,或者,必须至少有X个(e.g.至少1个)第一信息域指示了波束或指示了有效的波束索引或者指示了波束索引(可以有一个或多个不指示波束或有效的波束索引或不指示波束索引)。在后一种情况中,例如,其中的一部分第一信息域(例如第1个第一信息域)必须指示波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引或 者任一第一信息域都可以指示或不指示波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引,和/或,在第n个第一信息域指示了无效的波束索引或没有指示波束或没有指示波束索引,第n个第一信息域和/或第n+1及其后的第一信息域被NCR-MT忽略(也就是说,NCR-MT仅认为前n-1个第一信息域指示了波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引(下述 ),例如NCR-MT忽略第一信息域是指无需根据该第一信息域进行转发,例如读取该第一信息域但无需根据该第一信息域转发,或者,无需读取该第一信息域,进而无需根据该第一信息域转发),即使第n+1或其后的第一信息域指示了波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引)和/或第n+1及其后的第一信息域必须指示无效的波束索引或不指示波束或不指示波束索引。和/或,第n个和/或其后的第二信息域被NCR-MT忽略和/或第n个和/或其后的第二信息域必须指示无效的时域资源索引或不指示时域资源或不指示时域资源索引(假设第n个第一信息域与第n个第二信息域对应)。 In some embodiments, in the DCI of the first DCI format, all first information fields must indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, or, there must be at least X (eg at least 1) first information fields indicating a beam or indicating a valid beam index or indicating a beam index (there may be one or more that do not indicate a beam or a valid beam index or do not indicate a beam index). In the latter case, for example, a portion of the first information fields (e.g., the first first information field) must indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, or any first information field may indicate or not indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, and/or, if an invalid beam index or no beam or no beam index is indicated in the nth first information field, the nth first information field and/or the first information field (n+1) and thereafter are ignored by the NCR-MT (that is, the NCR-MT only considers that the first n-1 first information fields indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index (described below) ), for example, NCR-MT ignoring the first information field means that there is no need to forward according to the first information field, for example, reading the first information field but not forwarding according to the first information field, or, there is no need to read the first information field, and then there is no need to forward according to the first information field), even if the first information field (n+1) or later indicates a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index) and/or the first information field (n+1) or later must indicate an invalid beam index or does not indicate a beam or does not indicate a beam index. And/or, the nth and/or later second information field is ignored by NCR-MT and/or the nth and/or later second information field must indicate an invalid time domain resource index or does not indicate a time domain resource or does not indicate a time domain resource index (assuming that the nth first information field corresponds to the nth second information field).
在一些实施例中,在第一DCI格式的DCI中,所有第二信息域都必须指示时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引,或者,必须至少有Y个(e.g.至少1个或者Y=X)第二信息域指示时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引(可以有一个或多个不指示时域资源或不指示有效的时域资源索引或不指示时域资源索引)。在后一种情况中,例如,其中的一部分第二信息域(例如第1个第二信息域)必须指示时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引或者任一第二信息域都可以指示或不指示时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引,和/或,如果第m个第二信息域指示了无效的时域资源索引或没有指示时域资源或没有指示时域资源索引,则第m个第二信息域和/或第m+1及其后的第二信息域被NCR-MT忽略(也就是说,NCR-MT仅认为前m-1个第二信息域指示了时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引(下述 ),NCR-MT忽略第二信息域是指无需根据该第二信息域进行转发,例如读取该第二信息域但无需根据该第二信息域转发,或者无需读取该第二信息域,进而无需根据该第二信息域转发),即使第m+1或其后的第二信息域指示了时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引)和/或第m+1及其后的第二信息域必须指示无效的时域资源索引或不指示时域资源或不指示时域资源索引,和/或第m及其后的第一信息域被NCT-MT忽略和/或第m及其后的第一信息域必须指示无效的波束索引或不指示波束或不指示波束索引(假设第m个第二信息域与第m个 第一信息域对应)。 In some embodiments, in the DCI of the first DCI format, all second information fields must indicate time domain resources or valid time domain resource indexes or time domain resource indexes, or, there must be at least Y (eg at least 1 or Y=X) second information fields indicating time domain resources or valid time domain resource indexes or time domain resource indexes (there may be one or more that do not indicate time domain resources or do not indicate a valid time domain resource index or do not indicate a time domain resource index). In the latter case, for example, a part of the second information fields (e.g., the first second information field) must indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index, or any second information field may indicate or not indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index, and/or, if the mth second information field indicates an invalid time domain resource index or does not indicate a time domain resource or does not indicate a time domain resource index, then the mth second information field and/or the m+1th and subsequent second information fields are ignored by the NCR-MT (that is, the NCR-MT only considers that the first m-1 second information fields indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index (described below) ), NCR-MT ignores the second information field means that there is no need to forward according to the second information field, for example, the second information field is read but there is no need to forward according to the second information field, or there is no need to read the second information field, and then there is no need to forward according to the second information field), even if the m+1th or subsequent second information field indicates a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index) and/or the m+1th and subsequent second information fields must indicate an invalid time domain resource index or do not indicate a time domain resource or do not indicate a time domain resource index, and/or the mth and subsequent first information fields are ignored by NCT-MT and/or the mth and subsequent first information fields must indicate an invalid beam index or do not indicate a beam or do not indicate a beam index (assuming that the mth second information field corresponds to the mth first information field).
在一些实施例中,没有指示时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引的第二信息域和/或被NCR忽略的第二信息域可以称为无效的第二信息域,指示了时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引的第二信息域和/或没有被NCR忽略的第二信息域可以称为有效的第二信息域。In some embodiments, a second information field that does not indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index and/or is ignored by the NCR may be referred to as an invalid second information field, and a second information field that indicates a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index and/or is not ignored by the NCR may be referred to as a valid second information field.
在一些实施例中,若第n个第一信息域(除第一个第一信息域以外的)指示的波束或波束索引或者设置的比特值和此前的一个第一信息域(例如相邻的前一个(n-1)或第一个第一信息域)相同,则第n个第一信息域和/或第n个第一信息域之后(第n+1及其后)的第一信息域被NCR-MT忽略(也就是说,NCR-MT仅认为前n-1个第一信息域指示了波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引,和/或,必须指示无效的波束索引或不指示波束或不指示波束索引或同样的波束或波束索引或者设置为同样的比特值(和第n个第一信息域相同)。In some embodiments, if the beam or beam index indicated by the nth first information field (except the first first information field) or the bit value set is the same as the previous first information field (for example, the adjacent previous (n-1) or the first first information field), then the nth first information field and/or the first information field after the nth first information field (the n+1th and thereafter) is ignored by the NCR-MT (that is, the NCR-MT only considers that the first n-1 first information fields indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, and/or must indicate an invalid beam index or no beam or no beam index or the same beam or beam index or is set to the same bit value (the same as the nth first information field).
在一些实施例中,若第m个第二信息域(除第一个第二信息域以外的)指示的时域资源或时域资源索引或者设置的比特值和此前的一个第二信息域(例如相邻的前一个(m-1)或第一个第二信息域)相同,则第m个第二信息域和/或第m个第二信息域之后(第m+1及其后)的第二信息域被NCR-MT忽略(也就是说,NCR-MT仅认为前m-1个第二信息域指示了时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引(下述 )),和/或,必须指示无效的时域资源索引或不指示时域资源或不指示时域资源索引或同样的时域资源或时域资源索引或者设置为同样的比特值(和第m个第二信息域相同)。特别地,该第m个第二信息域也可以称为无效的第二信息域。 In some embodiments, if the time domain resource or time domain resource index indicated by the mth second information field (except the first second information field) or the set bit value is the same as that of a previous second information field (for example, the adjacent previous (m-1) or the first second information field), the mth second information field and/or the second information field after the mth second information field (the m+1th and thereafter) is ignored by the NCR-MT (that is, the NCR-MT only considers that the first m-1 second information fields indicate the time domain resource or the valid time domain resource index or the time domain resource index (described below) )), and/or, must indicate an invalid time domain resource index or no time domain resource or no time domain resource index or the same time domain resource or time domain resource index or set to the same bit value (the same as the mth second information field). In particular, the mth second information field can also be called an invalid second information field.
在一些实施例中,若第p个block中的第一信息域指示了无效的波束索引或没有指示波束或没有指示波束索引,和/或,第二信息域指示了无效的时域资源索引或没有指示时域资源或没有指示时域资源索引或者指示的时域资源或时域资源索引或设置的比特值和此前的一个block(例如相邻的前一个(p-1)或第一个block)中的第二信息域相同,NCR忽略第p个block和/或之后(第p+1及其后)的block,和/或,之后的block中的比特设为特定值(例如全’0’s)。之后的block也可以称为无效的block。In some embodiments, if the first information field in the p-th block indicates an invalid beam index or does not indicate a beam or does not indicate a beam index, and/or the second information field indicates an invalid time domain resource index or does not indicate a time domain resource or does not indicate a time domain resource index or the indicated time domain resource or the time domain resource index or the set bit value is the same as the second information field in a previous block (e.g., the adjacent previous (p-1) or the first block), the NCR ignores the p-th block and/or subsequent (p+1 and subsequent) blocks, and/or the bits in the subsequent blocks are set to specific values (e.g., all '0's). The subsequent blocks may also be referred to as invalid blocks.
在一些实施例中,针对有多个第二信息域的情况,不同第二信息域基于相同或不同的时域资源表。可以在高层信令中引入新高层参数field和/或IE,用于配置针对第二信息域(或者说针对第一DCI格式)的时域资源表。在时域资源表相同时:仅配 置1个该时域资源表,第一DCI格式的DCI中所有第二信息域均基于该时域资源表。此时,不同第二信息域的位宽相同或不同。在时域资源表不相同时:可以配置多于1个该时域资源表,不同时域资源表对应不同的第二信息域。此时,不同第二信息域的位宽相同或不同。例如,上述时域资源表中的每个配置都分别包括一个时域资源或者分别包括至少一个时域资源,或者其中的一个或多个配置不包括时域资源,其他配置包括1个时域资源,此处不再一一示例。在一些情况下,第二信息域基于相同还是不同的时域资源表取决于时域资源表的数量或者说与时域资源表的数量相关,在只有一个时域资源表的情况下,均基于该一个时域资源表,在有多个时域资源表的情况下,不同第二信息域可以基于不同的时域资源表。例如,上述高层信令可以配置一个或多个时域资源表,若配置了一个时域资源表,则上述多个第二信息域均基于该时域资源表,若配置的时域资源表数量与第二信息域相同,则第二信息域与配置的时域资源表一一对应,例如按照第二信息域在DCI中列举的顺序以及时域资源表在高层信令中列举的顺序(第一个第二信息域基于第一个时域资源表,依次类推)。In some embodiments, for the case where there are multiple second information domains, different second information domains are based on the same or different time domain resource tables. A new high-level parameter field and/or IE can be introduced in the high-level signaling to configure the time domain resource table for the second information domain (or for the first DCI format). When the time domain resource tables are the same: only one of the time domain resource tables is configured, and all second information domains in the DCI of the first DCI format are based on the time domain resource table. At this time, the bit widths of different second information domains are the same or different. When the time domain resource tables are different: more than one of the time domain resource tables can be configured, and different time domain resource tables correspond to different second information domains. At this time, the bit widths of different second information domains are the same or different. For example, each configuration in the above-mentioned time domain resource table includes one time domain resource or at least one time domain resource, or one or more of the configurations do not include a time domain resource, and other configurations include one time domain resource, which will not be exemplified one by one here. In some cases, whether the second information field is based on the same or different time domain resource tables depends on the number of time domain resource tables or is related to the number of time domain resource tables. When there is only one time domain resource table, they are all based on the one time domain resource table. When there are multiple time domain resource tables, different second information fields can be based on different time domain resource tables. For example, the above-mentioned high-level signaling can be configured with one or more time domain resource tables. If one time domain resource table is configured, the above-mentioned multiple second information fields are all based on the time domain resource table. If the number of configured time domain resource tables is the same as the second information field, the second information field corresponds to the configured time domain resource table one by one, for example, according to the order in which the second information fields are listed in the DCI and the order in which the time domain resource tables are listed in the high-level signaling (the first second information field is based on the first time domain resource table, and so on).
在一些实施例中,第一信息域(或者说第一信息域指示的波束或波束索引或有效的波束索引)与第二信息域(或者说第二信息域指示的时域资源或时域资源索引或有效的时域资源索引)之间的对应关系根据第一信息域在第一DCI格式的DCI中列举的顺序,和/或,第一信息域是否指示了波束或者指示了有效的波束索引或者指示了波束索引,和/或,第二信息域在第一DCI格式的DCI中列举的顺序,和/或,第二信息域是否指示了时域资源或者指示了有效的时域资源索引或者指示了时域资源索引,和/或,第二信息域指示的时域资源在时域上的顺序,确定。In some embodiments, the correspondence between the first information field (or the beam or beam index or valid beam index indicated by the first information field) and the second information field (or the time domain resource or time domain resource index or valid time domain resource index indicated by the second information field) is determined according to the order in which the first information field is listed in the DCI of the first DCI format, and/or whether the first information field indicates a beam or indicates a valid beam index or indicates a beam index, and/or the order in which the second information field is listed in the DCI of the first DCI format, and/or whether the second information field indicates a time domain resource or indicates a valid time domain resource index or indicates a time domain resource index, and/or the order of the time domain resources indicated by the second information field in the time domain.
例如,第一DCI格式中的第n个第一信息域(或者说第n个第一信息域指示的波束或波束索引或有效的波束索引)与第n个第二信息域(或者说第n个第二信息域指示的时域资源或时域资源索引或有效的时域资源索引)对应。再例如,第一DCI格式的DCI中第n个block中的第一信息域(或者说第一信息域指示的波束或波束索引或有效的波束索引)与第二信息域(或者说第二信息域指示的时域资源或时域资源索引或有效的时域资源索引)对应。再例如,第n个指示了波束或波束索引或有效的波束索引的第一信息域(或者说第n个指示了波束或波束索引或有效的波束索引的第一信息域指示的波束或波束索引或有效的波束索引)与第n个指示了时域资源或时域资源索引或有效的时域资源索引的第二信息域(或者说第n个指示了时域资源或时域资 源索引或有效的时域资源索引的第二信息域指示的波束或波束索引或有效的波束索引)对应,此处不再一一示例。For example, the nth first information field in the first DCI format (or the beam or beam index or valid beam index indicated by the nth first information field) corresponds to the nth second information field (or the time domain resource or time domain resource index or valid time domain resource index indicated by the nth second information field). For another example, the first information field in the nth block of the DCI of the first DCI format (or the beam or beam index or valid beam index indicated by the first information field) corresponds to the second information field (or the time domain resource or time domain resource index or valid time domain resource index indicated by the second information field). For another example, the nth first information field indicating a beam or a beam index or a valid beam index (or the beam or beam index or valid beam index indicated by the nth first information field indicating a beam or a beam index or a valid beam index) corresponds to the nth second information field indicating a time domain resource or a time domain resource index or a valid time domain resource index (or the beam or beam index or valid beam index indicated by the nth second information field indicating a time domain resource or a time domain resource index or a valid time domain resource index), and examples are not given one by one here.
在一些实施例中,指示了时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引的第二信息域的数量受限于指示了波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引的第一信息域的数量,或者指示了波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引的第一信息域的数量受限于指示了时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引的第二信息域的数量。In some embodiments, the number of second information fields indicating time domain resources or valid time domain resource indices or time domain resource indices is limited to the number of first information fields indicating beams or valid beam indices or beam indices, or the number of first information fields indicating beams or valid beam indices or beam indices is limited to the number of second information fields indicating time domain resources or valid time domain resource indices or time domain resource indices.
在一些实施例中,一个第二信息域是否必须指示时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引受限于其对应的第一信息域,或者一个第一信息域是否必须指示波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引受限于对应的第二信息域。例如若第n个第一信息域指示了波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引,则第n个第二信息域必须指示时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引,或者第n个第二信息域必须指示时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引,则第n个第一信息域指示了波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引。再例如,若第n个block中的第一信息域指示了波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引,则其中的第二信息域必须指示时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引,或者第n个block中的第二信息域必须指示时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引,则其中的第一信息域必须指示波束或有效的波束索引或波束索引。In some embodiments, whether a second information field must indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index is restricted by its corresponding first information field, or whether a first information field must indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index is restricted by the corresponding second information field. For example, if the nth first information field indicates a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, the nth second information field must indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index, or the nth second information field must indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index, then the nth first information field indicates a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index. For another example, if the first information field in the nth block indicates a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index, then the second information field therein must indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index, or the second information field in the nth block must indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index, then the first information field therein must indicate a beam or a valid beam index or a beam index.
以下示例说明该对应关系。The following example illustrates this correspondence.
在以第一信息域为主时,在一些实施例中,在有第一数量个 ( 或 )个第一信息域指示了波束或者指示了有效的波束索引或者指示了波束索引时,所有所述第二信息域中有第二数量 个第二信息域指示了时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引,所述第二数量等于所述第一数量,或者所述第二数量大于所述第一数量。 When the first information domain is used as the main one, in some embodiments, when there are a first number of ( or ) when the first information field indicates a beam or indicates a valid beam index or indicates a beam index, all the second information fields have a second number A second information field indicates a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index, and the second number is equal to the first number, or the second number is greater than the first number.
例如,有 个第二信息域指示了时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引。该 个第一信息域与该 个第二信息域一一对应。例如,该 个第一信息域是N 1,fields个第一信息域中的前 个第一信息域,该 个第二信息域是N 2,fields个第二信息域中的前 个第二信息域,但本申请并不以此作为限制,例如,该 个第一信息域是N 1,fields个第一信息域中的后 个第一信息域,该 个第二信息域是N 2,fields个第二信息域中的后 个第二信息域,此处不再一一举例。 For example, there are The second information field indicates the time domain resource or the valid time domain resource index or the time domain resource index. The first information field is related to the The second information domains correspond one to one. The first information field is the first one of N 1,fields first information fields. The first information field, The second information field is the first one of the N 2,fields second information fields. The second information field is not limited to this. For example, The first information field is the last one in N 1,fields first information fields. The first information field, The second information field is the last one in N 2,fields second information fields. There are two second information fields, which will not be listed one by one here.
例如,有 个第二信息域指示了时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引。该 个第一信息域与其中 个第二信息域一一对应。例如,该 个第一信息域是N 1,fields个第一信息域中的前(或后) 个第一信息域,该 个第二信息域是N 2,fields个第二信息域中的前(或后) 个第二信息域或者上述 个第二信息域中的前(或后) 个第二信息域,此处不再一一举例。 For example, there are The second information field indicates the time domain resource or the valid time domain resource index or the time domain resource index. The first information domain and The second information domains correspond one to one. The first information field is the first (or last) of N 1,fields first information fields. The first information field, The second information field is the first (or last) of the N 2,fields second information fields. A second information field or the above The first (or last) of the second information field There are two second information fields, which will not be listed one by one here.
在以第二信息域为主时,在一些实施例中,在有 ( 或 )个第二信息域指示了时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引时,所有所述第一信息域中有第一数量 个第一信息域指示了波束或者指示了有效的波束索引或者指示了波束索引,所述第一数量等于所述第二数量,或者所述第一数量大于所述第二数量。 When the second information domain is used as the main one, in some embodiments, ( or ) second information fields indicate a time domain resource or a valid time domain resource index or a time domain resource index, all the first information fields have a first quantity A first information field indicates a beam or indicates a valid beam index or indicates a beam index, and the first number is equal to the second number, or the first number is greater than the second number.
例如,有 个第一信息域指示了波束或者指示了有效的波束索引或者指示了波束索引。该 个第一信息域与该 个第二信息域一一对应。例如,该 个第一信息域是N 1,fields个第一信息域中的前(或后) 个第一信息域,该 个第二信息域是N 2,fields个第二信息域中的前(或后) 个第二信息域,此处不再一一举例。 For example, there are The first information field indicates a beam or indicates a valid beam index or indicates a beam index. The first information field is related to the The second information domains correspond one to one. The first information field is the first (or last) of N 1,fields first information fields. The first information field, The second information field is the first (or last) of the N 2,fields second information fields. There are two second information fields, which will not be listed one by one here.
例如,有 个第一信息域指示了波束或者指示了有效的波束索引或者指示了波束索引。该 个第二信息域与其中 个第一信息域一一对应。例如,该 个第一信息域是N 1,fields个第一信息域中的前(或后) 个第二信息域或者上述 个第一信息域中的前(或后) 个第一信息域,该 个第二信息域是N 2,fields个第二信息域中的前(或后) 个第二信息域,此处不再一一举例。 For example, there are The first information field indicates a beam or indicates a valid beam index or indicates a beam index. The second information domain The first information domains correspond one to one. The first information field is the first (or last) of N 1,fields first information fields. A second information field or the above The first (or last) information field The first information field, The second information field is the first (or last) of the N 2,fields second information fields. There are two second information fields, which will not be listed one by one here.
以下结合附图说明该对应关系。The corresponding relationship is explained below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图4A至图4G是本申请实施例的该对应关系示意图,在图4A至图4G中,共有N个第一信息域,按照在第一DCI格式的DCI中列举的顺序为第一信息域1,第一信息域2,...,第一信息域N,共有N个第二信息域,按照在第一DCI格式的DCI中列举的顺序为第二信息域1,第二信息域2,...,第二信息域N。Figures 4A to 4G are schematic diagrams of the corresponding relationship of an embodiment of the present application. In Figures 4A to 4G, there are N first information fields in total, which are
如图4A所示,所有第一信息域都指示了波束,所有第二信息域都指示了时域资源,第一信息域1指示的波束索引x_1(或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域1指 示的时域资源索引y_1(或者说指示的时域资源y_1)对应,第一信息域2指示的波束索引x_2(或者说指示的波束x_2)与第二信息域2指示的时域资源索引y_2(或者说指示的时域资源y_2)对应,以此类推,第一信息域N指示的波束索引x_N(或者说指示的波束x_N)与第二信息域N指示的时域资源索引y_N(或者说指示的时域资源y_N)对应。As shown in Figure 4A, all first information fields indicate beams, and all second information fields indicate time domain resources. The beam index x_1 indicated by the first information field 1 (or the indicated beam x_1) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 indicated by the second information field 1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_1), the beam index x_2 indicated by the first information field 2 (or the indicated beam x_2) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_2 indicated by the second information field 2 (or the indicated time domain resource y_2), and so on. The beam index x_N indicated by the first information field N (or the indicated beam x_N) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_N indicated by the second information field N (or the indicated time domain resource y_N).
如图4B所示,第一信息域2没有指示波束,其他第一信息域都指示了波束,所有第二信息域都指示了时域资源,第一信息域1指示的波束索引x_1(或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域1指示的时域资源索引y_1(或者说指示的时域资源y_1)对应,第一信息域3指示的波束索引x_3(或者说指示的波束x_3)与第二信息域3指示的时域资源索引y_3(或者说指示的时域资源y_3)对应,以此类推,第一信息域N指示的波束索引x_N(或者说指示的波束x_N)与第二信息域N指示的时域资源索引y_N(或者说指示的时域资源y_N)对应,NCR忽略没有指示波束的第一信息域对应的第二信息域2和/或时域资源索引y_2和/或时域资源y_2。As shown in Figure 4B, the
如图4C所示,第一信息域2没有指示波束,其他第一信息域都指示了波束,第二信息域2没有指示时域资源,其他第二信息域都指示了时域资源,第一信息域1指示的波束索引x_1(或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域1指示的时域资源索引y_1(或者说指示的时域资源y_1)对应,第一信息域3指示的波束索引x_3(或者说指示的波束x_3)与第二信息域3指示的时域资源索引y_3(或者说指示的时域资源y_3)对应,以此类推,第一信息域N指示的波束索引x_N(或者说指示的波束x_N)与第二信息域N指示的时域资源索引y_N(或者说指示的时域资源y_N)对应,NCR忽略没有指示波束的第一信息域对应的第二信息域2和/或第二信息域2必须指示无效的时域资源索引(时域资源索引y_2无效)或者不指示时域资源索引或不指示时域资源。As shown in FIG4C , the
如图4D所示,第一信息域3(n=3)是第1个没有指示波束的第一信息域,NCR忽略第一信息域4(n+1)和/或其后的第一信息域,和/或第一信息域4及其后的第一信息域都不指示波束,第二信息域3(n=3)对应第一信息域3。NCR忽略第二信息域3(n=3)及其后的第二信息域,和/或,第二信息域3(n=3)及其后的第二信息域都不指示时域资源,第一信息域1指示的波束索引x_1(或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域1指示的时域资源索引y_1(或者说指示的时域资源y_1)对应,第一信 息域2指示的波束索引x_2(或者说指示的波束x_2)与第二信息域2指示的时域资源索引y_2(或者说指示的时域资源y_2)对应。As shown in FIG4D , the first information field 3 (n=3) is the first information field that does not indicate a beam, the NCR ignores the first information field 4 (n+1) and/or the first information field thereafter, and/or the
如图4E所示,第一信息域2没有指示波束,其他第一信息域都指示了波束,第二信息域2没有指示时域资源,其他第二信息域都指示了时域资源,第一信息域1指示的波束索引x_1(或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域1指示的时域资源索引y_1(或者说指示的时域资源y_1)对应,第一信息域3指示的波束索引x_3(或者说指示的波束x_3)与第二信息域3指示的时域资源索引y_3(或者说指示的时域资源y_3)对应,以此类推,第一信息域N指示的波束索引x_N(或者说指示的波束x_N)与第二信息域N指示的时域资源索引y_N(或者说指示的时域资源y_N)对应,NCR忽略没有指示时域资源的第二信息域2对应的第一信息域2和/或波束索引x_2和/或波束x_2。As shown in Figure 4E, the
如图4F所示,第一信息域2(与第二信息域2对应)没有指示波束,其他第一信息域都指示了波束,第二信息域2没有指示时域资源,其他第二信息域都指示了时域资源,第一信息域1指示的波束索引x_1(或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域1指示的时域资源索引y_1(或者说指示的时域资源y_1)对应,第一信息域3指示的波束索引x_3(或者说指示的波束x_3)与第二信息域3指示的时域资源索引y_3(或者说指示的时域资源y_3)对应,以此类推,第一信息域N指示的波束索引x_N(或者说指示的波束x_N)与第二信息域N指示的时域资源索引y_N(或者说指示的时域资源y_N)对应,NCR忽略没有指示时域资源的第二信息域对应的第一信息域2和/或第一信息域2必须指示无效的波束索引(波束索引x_2无效)或者不指示波束索引或不指示波束。As shown in FIG4F , the first information field 2 (corresponding to the second information field 2) does not indicate a beam, the other first information fields all indicate beams, the second information field 2 does not indicate a time domain resource, the other second information fields all indicate a time domain resource, the beam index x_1 indicated by the first information field 1 (or the indicated beam x_1) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 indicated by the second information field 1 (or the indicated time domain resource y_1), the beam index x_3 indicated by the first information field 3 (or the indicated beam x_3) corresponds to the time domain resource index y_1 indicated by the second information field 1, 3 corresponds to the time domain resource index y_3 (or the indicated time domain resource y_3), and so on, the beam index x_N (or the indicated beam x_N) indicated by the first information field N corresponds to the time domain resource index y_N (or the indicated time domain resource y_N) indicated by the second information field N, and the NCR ignores the first information field 2 corresponding to the second information field that does not indicate the time domain resource and/or the first information field 2 must indicate an invalid beam index (beam index x_2 is invalid) or does not indicate a beam index or does not indicate a beam.
如图4G所示,第二信息域3(m=3)是第1个没有指示时域资源的第二信息域,NCR忽略第二信息域4(m+1)和/或其后的第二信息域,和/或第二信息域4及其后的第一信息域都不指示时域资源,与第二信息域3对应的第一信息域3(m=3),NCR忽略第一信息域3(m=3)及其后的第一信息域,和/或,第一信息域3(m=3)及其后的第一信息域都不指示波束,第一信息域1指示的波束索引x_1(或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域1指示的时域资源索引y_1(或者说指示的时域资源y_1)对应,第一信息域2指示的波束索引x_2(或者说指示的波束x_2)与第二信息域2指示的时域资源索引y_2(或者说指示的时域资源y_2)对应。As shown in Figure 4G, the second information field 3 (m=3) is the first second information field that does not indicate time domain resources, the NCR ignores the second information field 4 (m+1) and/or the second information field thereafter, and/or the
以上示例中,N 1,fields个第一信息域与N 2,fields个第二信息域一一对应,N 2,fields=N 1,fields=N,第n个第一信息域与第n个第二信息域对应,进而, 个第一信息域与 个第二信息域一一对应。 In the above example, N 1,fields first information fields correspond to N 2,fields second information fields one by one, N 2,fields = N 1,fields = N, the nth first information field corresponds to the nth second information field, and further, The first information domain The second information fields correspond one to one.
图5A至图5D是本申请实施例的该对应关系示意图,如图5A至图5D所示,假设跳过没有指示波束的第一信息域和/或没有指示时域资源的第二信息域,
个第一信息域与
个第二信息域一一对应,第n个指示了波束的第一信息域与第n个指示了时域资源的第二信息域对应。在图5A至图5D中,共有N个第一信息域,按照在第一DCI格式的DCI中列举的顺序为第一信息域1,第一信息域2,...,第一信息域N,共有N个第二信息域,按照在第一DCI格式的DCI中列举的顺序为第二信息域1,第二信息域2,...,第二信息域N。
5A to 5D are schematic diagrams of the corresponding relationship in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5A to 5D, it is assumed that the first information field without indicating a beam and/or the second information field without indicating a time domain resource are skipped. The first information domain The second information fields correspond one to one, and the nth first information field indicating the beam corresponds to the nth second information field indicating the time domain resource. In Figures 5A to 5D, there are N first information fields in total, which are
如图5A所示,第一信息域2没有指示波束,其他第一信息域都指示了波束,所有第二信息域都指示了时域资源,第一信息域1指示的波束索引x_1(或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域1指示的时域资源索引y_1(或者说指示的时域资源y_1)对应,第一信息域3指示的波束索引x_3(或者说指示的波束x_3)与第二信息域2指示的时域资源索引y_2(或者说指示的时域资源y_2)对应,以此类推,第一信息域N指示的波束索引x_N(或者说指示的波束x_N)与第二信息域N-1指示的时域资源索引y_N-1(或者说指示的时域资源y_N-1)对应,NCR忽略最后一个第二信息域N和/或时域资源索引y_N和/或时域资源y_N。As shown in Figure 5A, the
如图5B所示,第一信息域2没有指示波束,其他第一信息域都指示了波束,所有第二信息域都指示了时域资源,第一信息域1指示的波束索引x_1(或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域1指示的时域资源索引y_1(或者说指示的时域资源y_1)对应,第一信息域3指示的波束索引x_3(或者说指示的波束x_3)与第二信息域2指示的时域资源索引y_2(或者说指示的时域资源y_2)对应,以此类推,第一信息域N指示的波束索引x_N(或者说指示的波束x_N)与第二信息域N-1指示的时域资源索引y_N-1(或者说指示的时域资源y_N-1)对应,NCR忽略最后一个第二信息域N和/或时域资源索引y_N和/或时域资源y_N,和/或该第二信息域N必须指示无效的时域资源索引(时域资源索引y_N无效)或不指示时域资源索引或不指示时域资源。As shown in FIG5B , the
如图5C所示,所有第一信息域都指示了波束,第二信息域2没有指示时域资源, 其他第二信息域都指示了时域资源,第一信息域1指示的波束索引x_1(或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域1指示的时域资源索引y_1(或者说指示的时域资源y_1)对应,第一信息域3指示的波束索引x_2(或者说指示的波束x_2)与第二信息域3指示的时域资源索引y_3(或者说指示的时域资源y_3)对应,以此类推,第一信息域N-1指示的波束索引x_N-1(或者说指示的波束x_N-1)与第二信息域N指示的时域资源索引y_N(或者说指示的时域资源y_N)对应,NCR忽略最后一个第一信息域N和/或波束索引x_N和/或波束x_N。As shown in Figure 5C, all first information fields indicate beams, the
如图5D所示,第一信息域N没有指示波束,其他第一信息域都指示了波束,第二信息域2没有指示时域资源,其他第二信息域都指示了时域资源,第一信息域1指示的波束索引x_1(或者说指示的波束x_1)与第二信息域1指示的时域资源索引y_1(或者说指示的时域资源y_1)对应,第一信息域2指示的波束索引x_2(或者说指示的波束x_2)与第二信息域3指示的时域资源索引y_3(或者说指示的时域资源y_3)对应,以此类推,第一信息域N-1指示的波束索引x_N-1(或者说指示的波束x_N-1)与第二信息域N指示的时域资源索引y_N(或者说指示的时域资源y_N)对应,NCR忽略最后一个第一信息域N和/或波束索引x_N和/或波束x_N,和/或该第一信息域N必须指示无效的波束索引(波束索引x_N无效)或不指示波束索引或不指示波束。As shown in FIG5D , the first information field N does not indicate a beam, the other first information fields all indicate beams, the
以下说明该第三信息域。The third information field is described below.
在一些实施例中,该下行控制信息可以包括一个第三信息域,该第三信息域指示的子载波间隔SCS应用于一个或多个第二信息域指示的所有时域资源。或者,该下行控制信息包括多个第三信息域。第二信息域和第三信息域一一对应,不同第三信息域指示的SCS应用于不同第二信息域指示的时域资源。In some embodiments, the downlink control information may include a third information field, and the subcarrier spacing SCS indicated by the third information field is applied to all time domain resources indicated by one or more second information fields. Alternatively, the downlink control information includes multiple third information fields. The second information field and the third information field correspond one to one, and the SCS indicated by different third information fields are applied to the time domain resources indicated by different second information fields.
以下说明如何确定该第一DCI格式的DCI的载荷大小The following describes how to determine the payload size of the DCI of the first DCI format:
在一些实施例中,所述下行控制信息的载荷大小由所述下行控制信息中包括的信息域的位宽确定的和/或预定义的和/或由高层信令配置的。In some embodiments, the payload size of the downlink control information is determined by a bit width of an information field included in the downlink control information and/or is predefined and/or configured by high-layer signaling.
在一些实施例中,所述下行控制信息的载荷大小不小于预定义的或由高层信令配置的最小值且不大于预定义的或由高层信令配置的最大值。预定义的最小值例如为12,预定义的最大值例如为140。其中,所述最大值由所述下行控制信息的信息域的位宽(的最大值)和/或信息域(的最大值)确定。In some embodiments, the payload size of the downlink control information is not less than a predefined minimum value or a value configured by a higher layer signaling and is not greater than a predefined maximum value or a value configured by a higher layer signaling. The predefined minimum value is, for example, 12, and the predefined maximum value is, for example, 140. The maximum value is determined by the bit width (maximum value) of the information field of the downlink control information and/or (the maximum value of) the information field.
例如,当第一DCI格式的DCI中包括的信息域的总比特数小于上述最小值(例如12),可以在该第一DCI格式的DCI中的最后一个信息域之后附加’0’s,直到载荷大小等于该最小值。For example, when the total number of bits of the information field included in the DCI of the first DCI format is less than the above minimum value (for example, 12), '0's can be appended after the last information field in the DCI of the first DCI format until the payload size is equal to the minimum value.
例如,第一DCI格式的载荷大小N size是预定义的和/或高层参数配置的,当第一DCI格式的DCI中包括的信息域的总比特数小于N size,在最后一个信息域之后附加’0’s,直到载荷大小等于N size。 For example, the payload size N size of the first DCI format is predefined and/or configured by a high-level parameter. When the total number of bits of the information field included in the DCI of the first DCI format is less than N size , '0's are appended after the last information field until the payload size is equal to N size .
在一些实施例中,所述第一DCI格式的下行控制信息的载荷大小与第二DCI格式的下行控制信息的载荷大小相同或不同。关于该第二DCI格式如前所述,此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the payload size of the downlink control information in the first DCI format is the same as or different from the payload size of the downlink control information in the second DCI format. The second DCI format is as described above and will not be described again here.
例如,第一DCI格式的DCI载荷大小必须和第二DCI格式的DCI的载荷大小相同。例如,若第一DCI格式的DCI的载荷大小小于第二DCI格式的DCI,则在第一DCI格式的DCI最后一个信息域之后附加’0’s,直到载荷大小与第二DCI格式的DCI相同,或者截断/打孔第二DCI格式的DCI中的比特,使得第二DCI格式的DCI的载荷大小与第一DCI格式的DCI相同。再例如,若第一DCI格式的DCI的载荷大小大于第二DCI格式的DCI,则在第二DCI格式的DCI的最后一个信息域之后附加’0’s,直到载荷大小与第一DCI格式的DCI相同,或者截断/打孔第一DCI格式的DCI中的比特,使得第一DCI格式的DCI的载荷大小与第二DCI格式的DCI相同。第一DCI格式的DCI和第二DCI格式的DCI在不同的SS被监听,和/或,采用不同的RNTI(例如进行CRC的加扰)。For example, the DCI payload size of the first DCI format must be the same as the payload size of the DCI of the second DCI format. For example, if the payload size of the DCI of the first DCI format is smaller than that of the DCI of the second DCI format, '0's are appended after the last information field of the DCI of the first DCI format until the payload size is the same as that of the DCI of the second DCI format, or bits in the DCI of the second DCI format are truncated/punctured so that the payload size of the DCI of the second DCI format is the same as that of the DCI of the first DCI format. For another example, if the payload size of the DCI of the first DCI format is larger than that of the DCI of the second DCI format, '0's are appended after the last information field of the DCI of the DCI of the second DCI format until the payload size is the same as that of the DCI of the first DCI format, or bits in the DCI of the first DCI format are truncated/punctured so that the payload size of the DCI of the first DCI format is the same as that of the DCI of the second DCI format. The DCI of the first DCI format and the DCI of the second DCI format are monitored at different SSs, and/or, different RNTIs are used (for example, CRC scrambling).
例如,第一DCI格式的DCI的载荷大小必须和第二DCI格式的DCI的载荷大小不同。例如,若第一DCI格式的DCI的载荷大小和第二DCI格式的DCI的载荷大小相同,则在第一DCI格式的DCI或第二DCI格式的DCI中附加一些比特(例如1个’0’比特),使得两者的载荷大小不同。第一DCI格式的DCI和第二DCI格式的DCI在相同或不同的SS被监听,和/或,采用相同或不同的RNTI(例如进行CRC的加扰)。For example, the payload size of the DCI in the first DCI format must be different from the payload size of the DCI in the second DCI format. For example, if the payload size of the DCI in the first DCI format is the same as the payload size of the DCI in the second DCI format, some bits (e.g., 1 '0' bit) are added to the DCI in the first DCI format or the DCI in the second DCI format so that the payload sizes of the two are different. The DCI in the first DCI format and the DCI in the second DCI format are monitored in the same or different SSs, and/or, the same or different RNTIs are used (e.g., for CRC scrambling).
在一些实施例中,用于承载一个DCI的一个PDCCH由一个或多个CCE(control-channel element)构成。聚合等级AL(aggregation level)是指构成一个PDCCH的CCE数量,目前支持的AL范围例如下表14所示。In some embodiments, a PDCCH used to carry a DCI is composed of one or more CCEs (control-channel elements). The aggregation level AL refers to the number of CCEs that constitute a PDCCH. The currently supported AL range is shown in Table 14 below.
表14Table 14
在一些实施例中,NCR-MT需要监听的PDCCH候选(candidates)集合是依据PDCCH搜索空间集合(search space sets)定义的。搜索空间SS则定义了监听时机及监听时机内的搜索行为(或者说,定义了如何/在哪里搜索PDCCH候选)。In some embodiments, the set of PDCCH candidates that the NCR-MT needs to monitor is defined based on a PDCCH search space set. The search space SS defines the monitoring timing and the search behavior within the monitoring timing (or, defines how/where to search for PDCCH candidates).
在一些实施例中,在一个小区中,NCR-MT可以被配置多个SS。SS是针对部分带宽BWP(per BWP)配置的。但SS的索引是针对服务小区(per serving cell)的。一个BWP、服务小区中可以配置多个SS。SS 0默认与CORESET 0关联,针对其他SS,SearchSpace中包括用于配置SS的索引的高层参数以及用于配置SS关联的CORESET的索引的高层参数5。由此,NCR-MT可以获知每个SS关联哪一个CORESET,用于监听所述下行控制信息的一个或多个搜索空间集合中搜索空间关联的CORSET和搜索空间配置在同一BWP或不同BWP。In some embodiments, in a cell, the NCR-MT can be configured with multiple SSs. The SS is configured for a portion of the bandwidth BWP (per BWP). However, the index of the SS is for the serving cell (per serving cell). Multiple SSs can be configured in one BWP and serving cell.
一个搜索空间集合可以是公共搜索空间集合(CSS set)或UE特定的搜索空间集合(USS set)。目前,NCR-MT例如可以在以下一个或多个搜索空间集合中监听PDCCH(或者说监听DCI):A search space set can be a common search space set (CSS set) or a UE-specific search space set (USS set). Currently, NCR-MT can monitor PDCCH (or monitor DCI) in one or more of the following search space sets, for example:
1)Type0-PDCCH CSS set1) Type0-PDCCH CSS set
由主信息块MIB中的pdcch-ConfigSIB1或PDCCH-ConfigCommon中的searchSpaceSIB1或PDCCH-ConfigCommon中的searchSpaceZero配置。在主小区Pcell上,用于监听循环冗余校验CRC由系统信息无线网络临时标识符SI-RNTI加扰的DCI format 1_0,且该DCI调度的PDSCH用于承载系统信息块SIB1。Configured by pdcch-ConfigSIB1 in the master information block MIB or searchSpaceSIB1 in PDCCH-ConfigCommon or searchSpaceZero in PDCCH-ConfigCommon. On the primary cell Pcell, it is used to monitor the DCI format 1_0 scrambled by the system information radio network temporary identifier SI-RNTI for cyclic redundancy check CRC, and the PDSCH scheduled by this DCI is used to carry the system information block SIB1.
2)Type0A-PDCCH CSS set2) Type0A-PDCCH CSS set
由PDCCH-ConfigCommon中的searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation配置。在Pcell上,用于监听CRC由SI-RNTI加扰的DCI format 1_0,且该DCI调度的PDSCH用于承载其他系统信息SI。Configured by searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation in PDCCH-ConfigCommon. On Pcell, it is used to monitor DCI format 1_0 whose CRC is scrambled by SI-RNTI, and the PDSCH scheduled by this DCI is used to carry other system information SI.
3)Type1-PDCCH CSS set3) Type 1-PDCCH CSS set
由PDCCH-ConfigCommon中的ra-SearchSpace配置。在Pcell或PScell上,用于监听CRC由RA-RNTI,或TC-RNTI,或MsgB-RNTI加扰的DCI format。Configured by ra-SearchSpace in PDCCH-ConfigCommon. On Pcell or PScell, used to monitor the DCI format with CRC scrambled by RA-RNTI, TC-RNTI, or MsgB-RNTI.
4)Type2-PDCCH CSS set4) Type2-PDCCH CSS set
由PDCCH-ConfigCommon中的pagingSearchSpace配置。在Pcell上,用于监听CRC由P-RNTI加扰的DCI format 1_0。Configured by pagingSearchSpace in PDCCH-ConfigCommon. On Pcell, used to monitor DCI format 1_0 with CRC scrambled by P-RNTI.
5)Type3-PDCCH CSS set5) Type3-PDCCH CSS set
由PDCCH-Config中searchSpaceType=common的SearchSpace配置。Configured by SearchSpace with searchSpaceType=common in PDCCH-Config.
6)USS set6) USS set
由PDCCH-Config中searchSpaceType=ue-specific的SearchSpace配置。The SearchSpace is configured by searchSpaceType=ue-specific in PDCCH-Config.
在一些实施例中,用于监听所述第一DCI格式的下行控制信息的一个或多个搜索空间集合包括CSS sets和/或USS sets,网络设备可以配置NCR-MT在CSS sets和/或USS sets监听第一DCI格式的DCI,CSS set例如包括Type3-PDCCH CSS set。网络设备可以配置NCR-MT在Pcell或PScell或Scell上监听第一DCI格式的DCI。例如,如果一个NCR-MT不支持载波聚合/双连接(CA/DC),网络设备配置NCR-MT在Pcell上监听第一DCI格式的DCI,即,上述用于监听第一DCI格式的DCI的CSS sets和/或USS sets在Pcell上。如果一个NCR-MT支持CA/DC,网络设备配置NCR-MT在Pcell和/或PScell和/或Scell上监听第一DCI格式的DCI,即,上述用于监听第一DCI格式的DCI的CSS sets和/或USS sets分别在Pcell或PScell或Scell上。其中,用于监听第一DCI格式的DCI的CSS sets和/或USS sets可以或不可以(网络设备配置可以或不可以)用于监听其他DCI格式的DCIs(例如legacy DCI格式的DCIs:包括DCI格式1_0,0_0,1_1,0_1,1_2,0_2,2_0等)。In some embodiments, one or more search space sets for monitoring downlink control information of the first DCI format include CSS sets and/or USS sets, and the network device can configure the NCR-MT to monitor the DCI of the first DCI format in the CSS sets and/or USS sets, and the CSS set includes, for example, Type3-PDCCH CSS set. The network device can configure the NCR-MT to monitor the DCI of the first DCI format on the Pcell, PScell, or Scell. For example, if an NCR-MT does not support carrier aggregation/dual connectivity (CA/DC), the network device configures the NCR-MT to monitor the DCI of the first DCI format on the Pcell, that is, the above-mentioned CSS sets and/or USS sets for monitoring the DCI of the first DCI format are on the Pcell. If an NCR-MT supports CA/DC, the network device configures the NCR-MT to monitor DCI of the first DCI format on the Pcell and/or PScell and/or Scell, that is, the CSS sets and/or USS sets for monitoring DCI of the first DCI format are respectively on the Pcell or PScell or Scell. Among them, the CSS sets and/or USS sets for monitoring DCI of the first DCI format may or may not (the network device is configured to be able to or not) be used to monitor DCIs of other DCI formats (for example, DCIs of the legacy DCI format: including DCI formats 1_0, 0_0, 1_1, 0_1, 1_2, 0_2, 2_0, etc.).
在一些实施例中,该方法还可以包括:所述网络设备向所述转发器发送搜索空间配置信息,所述搜索空间配置信息包括第四信息域,所述第四信息域用于配置所述转发器监听所述下行控制信息。In some embodiments, the method may further include: the network device sends search space configuration information to the forwarder, the search space configuration information includes a fourth information field, and the fourth information field is used to configure the forwarder to monitor the downlink control information.
例如,在搜索空间配置信息SearchSpace IE中引入一个或多个新的高层参数6(或者说参数,或者说域,对应第四信息域),该一个或多个高层参数6用于配置NCR-MT监听第一DCI格式的DCI。该高层参数例如为dci-Formats-MT-r18,dci-Formats-2_x-r18(x=8或9或10),该一个或多个高层参数6分别是可选的(optional,或者说是可选存在的)或有条件可选存在的(conditionally optionally present)或有条件强制性的(conditional mandatory)。For example, one or more new high-level parameters 6 (or parameters, or fields, corresponding to the fourth information field) are introduced in the search space configuration information SearchSpace IE, and the one or more high-
例如,该高层参数是有条件可选存在的,例如,针对NCR-MT和/或FR2(或者FR2-1和/或FR2-2,也适用于其他位置)的NCR-MT)和/或在PDCCH-Config中, 该参数是可选存在的(optionally present),即可以存在也可以不存在(取决于网络设备),否则(例如在PDCCH-ConfigCommon中)该参数是不存在的。For example, the high-level parameter is conditionally optional, for example, for NCR-MT and/or NCR-MT in FR2 (or FR2-1 and/or FR2-2, and also applicable to other locations) and/or in PDCCH-Config, the parameter is optionally present, that is, it may or may not exist (depending on the network device), otherwise (for example, in PDCCH-ConfigCommon) the parameter does not exist.
例如,该高层参数是有条件强制性的:例如,针对NCR-MT和/或FR2,该参数是强制性的/必须存在的,否则该参数是不存在的或可选存在的。For example, the high-level parameter is conditionally mandatory: for example, for NCR-MT and/or FR2, the parameter is mandatory/must exist, otherwise the parameter does not exist or exists optionally.
在一些实施例中,该第四信息域还可以包括用于配置聚合等级的信息和/或用于配置PDCCH候选数的信息,即该参数还可以同时用于配置聚合等级(AL),即用于配置用于承载第一DCI格式的DCI的PDCCH的聚合等级。In some embodiments, the fourth information field may also include information for configuring the aggregation level and/or information for configuring the number of PDCCH candidates, that is, the parameter may also be used to configure the aggregation level (AL) at the same time, that is, to configure the aggregation level of the PDCCH used to carry the DCI of the first DCI format.
例1:假设该参数仅用于配置NCR-MT监听第一DCI格式的DCI,且是可选的。在SearchSpace中存在该参数的情况下,NCR-MT根据SearchSpace中用于配置AL的参数(例如nrofCandidates)确定AL/PDCCH candidates,以监听第一DCI格式的DCI。该参数使用ASN.1可以表示为:Example 1: Assume that this parameter is only used to configure NCR-MT to monitor DCI of the first DCI format and is optional. When this parameter exists in SearchSpace, NCR-MT determines AL/PDCCH candidates based on the parameters (e.g., nrofCandidates) used to configure AL in SearchSpace to monitor DCI of the first DCI format. This parameter can be expressed using ASN.1 as:
例2:假设该参数同时用于配置聚合等级(AL)(及相应的candidate数),且是可选的。该高层参数中可以包括用于配置AL(及相应的candidate数)的第二高层参数,第二高层参数是可选的,如果某一个聚合等级(或者说相应的参数)不存在,则NCR-MT不搜索具有该聚合等级的任何candidates。Example 2: Assume that this parameter is used to configure the aggregation level (AL) (and the corresponding number of candidates) and is optional. The high-level parameters may include a second high-level parameter for configuring the AL (and the corresponding number of candidates). The second high-level parameter is optional. If a certain aggregation level (or the corresponding parameter) does not exist, the NCR-MT does not search for any candidates with the aggregation level.
在SearchSpace中存在该参数的情况下,网络设备仅配置1个聚合等级及相应的candidate数,或者,可以配置多个聚合等级及相应的candidate数。另一方面,网络设备必须配置1个聚合等级(及相应的candidate数)(或者说该参数中必须存在1个用于配置AL(及相应的candidate数)的参数),或者,必须配置至少1个聚合等级(及相应的candidate数)(或者说该参数中必须存在至少1个用于配置AL(及相应的candidate数)的参数),或者网络设备可以不配置聚合等级(及相应的candidate数)(或者说该参数中可以不存在用于配置AL(及相应的candidate数)的参数)。When this parameter exists in SearchSpace, the network device only configures one aggregation level and the corresponding number of candidates, or multiple aggregation levels and the corresponding number of candidates can be configured. On the other hand, the network device must configure one aggregation level (and the corresponding number of candidates) (or there must be one parameter for configuring AL (and the corresponding number of candidates) in this parameter), or at least one aggregation level (and the corresponding number of candidates) must be configured (or there must be at least one parameter for configuring AL (and the corresponding number of candidates) in this parameter), or the network device may not configure an aggregation level (and the corresponding number of candidates) (or there may not be a parameter for configuring AL (and the corresponding number of candidates) in this parameter).
在SearchSpace中存在该参数且该参数中不存在用于配置AL的参数的情况下,NCR-MT根据SearchSpace中另一用于配置AL的参数(例如nrofCandidates)确定AL/PDCCH candidates,以监听第一DCI格式的DCI。nrofCandidates是有条件强制性的:在创建一个新的SearchSpace时,nrofCandidates是强制性存在的。该参数使用ASN.1可以表示为:In the case where this parameter exists in the SearchSpace and there is no parameter for configuring AL in this parameter, the NCR-MT determines AL/PDCCH candidates based on another parameter for configuring AL in the SearchSpace (e.g., nrofCandidates) to monitor the DCI of the first DCI format. nrofCandidates is conditionally mandatory: when creating a new SearchSpace, nrofCandidates is mandatory. This parameter can be expressed using ASN.1 as:
上述一个或多个第四信息域可以包括在搜索空间配置信息中的用于配置搜索空间类型的高层参数(例如searchSpaceType,searchSpaceType-r18)中。以下是2个示例:The one or more fourth information fields may be included in the high-level parameters (eg, searchSpaceType, searchSpaceType-r18) used to configure the search space type in the search space configuration information. The following are two examples:
例1:searchSpaceType中包括1个该新的高层参数6。searchSpaceType使用ASN.1可以表示为:Example 1: searchSpaceType includes a new high-level parameter 6. searchSpaceType can be expressed using ASN.1 as follows:
例2:searchSpaceType-r18中包括1个该新的高层参数6。searchSpaceType-r18使用ASN.1可以表示为:Example 2: searchSpaceType-r18 includes a new high-level parameter 6. searchSpaceType-r18 can be expressed using ASN.1 as follows:
在一些实施例中,前述控制资源集合CORESET是对应一个监听时机的时频资源。一个control-resource set(CORESET)由频域中的 个资源块RB和时域中的 个符号构成。一个CCE由6个资源元素组resource-element groups(REGs)构成,其中,一个REG等于在一个OFDM符号期间的一个RB。一个CORESET中的REG按先时域升序的方式编号/索引,其中,针对该CORESET中第一个OFDM符号且最低编号的RB的编号/索引为0。 In some embodiments, the aforementioned control resource set CORESET is a time-frequency resource corresponding to a monitoring opportunity. A control-resource set (CORESET) is composed of resource blocks RB and time domain A CCE consists of 6 resource-element groups (REGs), where one REG is equal to one RB during one OFDM symbol. The REGs in a CORESET are numbered/indexed in ascending order in the time domain, where the number/index of the lowest numbered RB for the first OFDM symbol in the CORESET is 0.
在一个小区中,NCR-MT可以被配置多个CORESET。CORESET是针对部分带宽(per BWP)配置的(也就是说,一个CORESET的配置信息被包括在一个BWP的配置信息中,并且该CORESET的资源在该BWP中),但CORESET的索引是针对服务小区(per serving cell)的(也就是说,一个CORESET的索引用于在一个小区中唯一标识该CORESET)。图6是CORESET配置的示例,其中,针对同一载波,一个NCR-MT连接到以NCGI=5标识的小区,一个终端设备或者另一个NCR-MT连接到NCGI=6标识的小区,2个设备分别被配置了多个BWPs以及各BWP中的CORESETs,前者配置了3个BWPs,4个CORESETs:CORESET 0在初始BWP(initial BWP)中,CORESET 1和2在BWP 1中,CORESET 3在BWP2中,后者配置了2个BWPs,3个CORESETs:CORESET 0在initial BWP中,CORESET 1和CORESET 2在BWP1中。In a cell, NCR-MT can be configured with multiple CORESETs. CORESETs are configured per BWP (that is, the configuration information of a CORESET is included in the configuration information of a BWP, and the resources of the CORESET are in the BWP), but the index of the CORESET is per serving cell (that is, the index of a CORESET is used to uniquely identify the CORESET in a cell). Figure 6 is an example of CORESET configuration, in which, for the same carrier, an NCR-MT is connected to a cell identified by NCGI=5, and a terminal device or another NCR-MT is connected to a cell identified by NCGI=6. The two devices are respectively configured with multiple BWPs and CORESETs in each BWP. The former is configured with 3 BWPs and 4 CORESETs:
在一些实施例中,每个CORESET只关联一个/一种CCE-to-REG映射。一个CORESET的CCE-to-REG映射可以是非交织的或交织的,通过REG bundle来描述:In some embodiments, each CORESET is associated with only one/one CCE-to-REG mapping. The CCE-to-REG mapping of a CORESET can be non-interleaved or interleaved, described by REG bundles:
REG bundle i被定义为REGs{iL,iL+1,…,iL+L-1},其中,L表示REG bundle size, 并且 是该CORESET中的REGs数。 REG bundle i is defined as REGs{iL,iL+1,…,iL+L-1}, where L represents the REG bundle size, and is the number of REGs in this CORESET.
CCE j由REG bundles{f(6j/L),f(6j/L+1),…,f(6j/L+6/L-1)},其中,f(·)是交织器。CCE j consists of REG bundles{f(6j/L),f(6j/L+1),…,f(6j/L+6/L-1)}, where f(·) is the interleaver.
针对非交织的CCE-to-REG映射,L=6且f(x)=x。For non-interleaved CCE-to-REG mapping, L=6 and f(x)=x.
针对交织的CCE-to-REG映射,针对 L∈{2,6},针对 且交织器被定义为: For interleaved CCE-to-REG mapping, L∈{2,6}, for And the interleaver is defined as:
x=cR+rx=cR+r
r=0,1,…,R-1r=0,1,…,R-1
c=0,1,…,C-1c=0,1,…,C-1
其中R∈{2,3,6}。C应为整数。where R∈{2,3,6}. C should be an integer.
针对一个由ControlResourceSet IE配置的CORESET:该CORESET的索引由高层参数controlResourceSetId/给出。 由高层参数frequencyDomainResources提供/给出。 由高层参数duration提供/给出,其中 仅在高层参数dmrs-TypeA-Position等于3时被支持。交织的或非交织的映射由高层参数cce-REG-MappingType提供/给出。针对非交织的映射,L=6;针对非交织的映射,L由高层参数reg-BundleSize提供/给出。R由高层参数interleaverSize提供/给出如果高层参数shiftIndex被提供了,则n shift∈{0,1,…,274}由高层参数shiftIndex提供/给出;否则 是物理层小区标识。针对交织的和非交织的映射,NCR-MT可以假设如果高层参数precoderGranularity等于sameAsREG-bundle,相同的预编码被使用在一个REG bundle中;如果高层参数precoderGranularity等于allContiguousRBs,相同的预编码被使用在该CORESET的连续RBs集合中的所有REGs,并且该CORESET中没有RE和SSB或LTE cell-specific reference signals(例如由高层参数lte-CRS-ToMatchAround,lte-CRS-PatternList1,or lte-CRS-PatternList2指示的)重叠。 For a CORESET configured by a ControlResourceSet IE: the index of the CORESET is given by the high-level parameter controlResourceSetId/. Provided/given by the high-level parameter frequencyDomainResources. Provided/given by the high-level parameter duration, where Only supported when the higher-level parameter dmrs-TypeA-Position is equal to 3. Interleaved or non-interleaved mapping is provided/given by the higher-level parameter cce-REG-MappingType. For non-interleaved mapping, L=6; for non-interleaved mapping, L is provided/given by the higher-level parameter reg-BundleSize. R is provided/given by the higher-level parameter interleaverSize. If the higher-level parameter shiftIndex is provided, then n shift ∈{0,1,…,274} is provided/given by the higher-level parameter shiftIndex; otherwise is the physical layer cell identifier. For interleaved and non-interleaved mapping, NCR-MT can assume that if the higher-level parameter precoderGranularity is equal to sameAsREG-bundle, the same precoding is used in a REG bundle; if the higher-level parameter precoderGranularity is equal to allContiguousRBs, the same precoding is used for all REGs in the contiguous RBs set of the CORESET, and there is no overlap between RE and SSB or LTE cell-specific reference signals (e.g., indicated by the higher-level parameters lte-CRS-ToMatchAround, lte-CRS-PatternList1, or lte-CRS-PatternList2) in the CORESET.
针对由ControlResourceSetZero IE配置的CORESET 0:
和
由ControlResourceSetZero提供/给出。NCR-MT可以假设L=6;R=2;
当CORESET 0由MIB或SIB1配置时,假设常规CP(normal cyclic prefix),假设相同的预编码被使用在一个REG bundle中。
For CORESET 0 configured by ControlResourceSetZero IE: and Provided/given by ControlResourceSetZero. NCR-MT can assume L=6; R=2; When
图7是本申请实施例的PDCCH与物理资源的映射关系的示例。其中,假设CORESET的RB数
符号数
可以看出,针对一个由CCE 0和CCE 1构成的PDCCH,在不同CCE-to-REG映射下,其对应的实际物理资源不同。由此,网络设备可以根据信道条件等进行适当的配置,保证PDCCH传输的可靠性。
FIG7 is an example of the mapping relationship between PDCCH and physical resources in an embodiment of the present application. Assume that the number of RBs in CORESET is Number of symbols It can be seen that for a PDCCH composed of
以下说明201中网络设备如何发送该第一DCI格式的DCI。The following describes how the network device in 201 sends the DCI in the first DCI format.
图8是本申请实施例的网络设备和转发器传输该第一DCI格式的DCI流程图,如图8所示,该发送流程包括1)编码,编码步骤中包括信息元素复用、CRC附着、 信道编码、速率匹配;2)加扰;3)调制;5)映射到物理资源;接收流程包括:1)解调;2)解扰;3)解码。Figure 8 is a DCI flow chart of the network device and forwarder transmitting the first DCI format according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Figure 8, the sending process includes 1) encoding, and the encoding steps include information element multiplexing, CRC attachment, channel coding, and rate matching; 2) scrambling; 3) modulation; 5) mapping to physical resources; the receiving process includes: 1) demodulation; 2) descrambling; 3) decoding.
以下结合图9对该发送流程进行进一步说明。The sending process is further described below in conjunction with FIG. 9 .
1)编码,包括:1) Coding, including:
901,信息元素复用(information element multiplexing)901, information element multiplexing
第一DCI格式的DCI中的信息域按顺序映射到信息位(information bits,或者说信息比特)a 0到a A-1。例如,每个信息域(包括zero-padding bits,如果有)按照前述实施例中的顺序依次映射,第一个信息域映射到最低阶信息位(lowest order information bit)a 0,进而,每个连续的信息(consecutive field)映射到更高阶信息位。每个信息域的最重要比特MSB(most significant bit)被映射到针对该信息域的最低阶信息位,例如,第一个信息域的MSB被映射到a 0。 The information fields in the DCI of the first DCI format are mapped to information bits (or information bits) a 0 to a A-1 in sequence. For example, each information field (including zero-padding bits, if any) is mapped in sequence according to the order in the aforementioned embodiment, the first information field is mapped to the lowest order information bit a 0 , and then each consecutive field is mapped to a higher order information bit. The most significant bit MSB of each information field is mapped to the lowest order information bit for the information field, for example, the MSB of the first information field is mapped to a 0 .
902,CRC附着(CRC attachment)902, CRC attachment
通过循环冗余校验(CRC)对DCI传输提供错误检测。第一DCI格式的DCI的CRC使用新引入的RNTI加扰,所述新的RNTI仅针对转发器配置。例如,该新引入的RNTI可以包括:网络控制转发器NCR-RNTI(network controlled repeater RNTI),接入链路指示ACI-RNTI(access link indication/indicator RNTI),接入链路波束指示ACBI-RNTI(access link beam indication/indicator RNTI),波束指示BI-RNTI(beam indicator/indication/index RNTI),非周期波束指示ABI-RNTI(aperiodic beam indication RNTI),边控制信息SCI-RNTI(side control information RNTI)etc.。Error detection is provided for DCI transmission through a cyclic redundancy check (CRC). The CRC of the DCI of the first DCI format is scrambled using a newly introduced RNTI, which is configured only for the repeater. For example, the newly introduced RNTI may include: network controlled repeater NCR-RNTI (network controlled repeater RNTI), access link indication ACI-RNTI (access link indication/indicator RNTI), access link beam indication ACBI-RNTI (access link beam indication/indicator RNTI), beam indication BI-RNTI (beam indicator/indication/index RNTI), aperiodic beam indication ABI-RNTI (aperiodic beam indication RNTI), side control information SCI-RNTI (side control information RNTI) etc.
该新引入的RNTI通过高层信令配置。例如,引入一个新的高层参数7,该高层参数7用于配置用于加扰第一DCI格式的DCI的RNTI。该高层参数7是可选的(optional,或者说是可选存在的)或有条件可选存在的(conditionally optionally present)或有条件强制性的(conditional mandatory)。例如,针对NCR-MT和/或FR2,该高层参数7是可选的,否则,高层参数7不存在。再例如,针对NCR-MT和/或FR2,该该高层参数7必须存在(mandatory),否则,高层参数7不存在。The newly introduced RNTI is configured through high-level signaling. For example, a new high-
在一些实施例中,通过a 0,a 1,a 2,a 3,…,a A-1表示有效载荷(payload)的位(或者说输入位),通过p 0,p 1,p 2,p 3,…,p L-1表示校验位(parity bits),其中A是有效载荷的大小,L1是校验位的数量,L=24。设位序列a′ 0,a′ 1,a′ 2,a′ 3,…,a A+L1-1为: In some embodiments, a 0 , a 1 , a 2 , a 3 , ..., a A-1 denote the bits of the payload (or input bits), and p 0 , p 1 , p 2 , p 3 , ..., p L-1 denote the parity bits, where A is the size of the payload, L1 is the number of parity bits, and L = 24. Let the bit sequence a′ 0 , a′ 1 , a′ 2 , a′ 3 , ..., a A+L1-1 be:
采用生成多项式(1)将该位序列作为输入计算(compute)校验位并附着,输出位b 0,b 1,b 2,b 3,…,b K-1为: The generator polynomial (1) is used to calculate the check bit and append the bit sequence as input. The output bits b 0 , b 1 , b 2 , b 3 , …, b K-1 are:
其中,K=A+L1,表示信息位数量。Among them, K=A+L1, which represents the number of information bits.
g CRC24C(D)=[D 24+D 23+D 21+D 20+D 17+D 15+D 13+D 12+D 8+D 4+D 2+D+1]针对一个CRC长度L1=24(1) g CRC24C (D) = [ D24 + D23 + D21 + D20 + D17 + D15 + D13 + D12 + D8 + D4 + D2 + D+1] for a CRC length of L1 = 24 (1)
在一些实施例中,CRC校验位有该新的RNTI的各个比特位加扰,即附着后,CRC校验位由上述RNTI x rnti,0,x rnti,1,…,x rnti,15加扰以形成位序列c 0,c 1,c 2,c 3,…,c K-1,其中,x rnti,0对应该RNTI的MSB。c k与b k的关系为: In some embodiments, the CRC check bits are scrambled with the bits of the new RNTI, that is, after attachment, the CRC check bits are scrambled by the above RNTI x rnti,0 , x rnti,1 , …, x rnti,15 to form a bit sequence c 0 , c 1 , c 2 , c 3 , …, c K-1 , where x rnti,0 corresponds to the MSB of the RNTI. The relationship between c k and b k is:
903,信道编码(Channel coding)903, Channel coding
上述位序列(或者说信息位)c 0,c 1,c 2,c 3,…,c K-1采用Polar编码进行编码,编码后的信息位表征为d 0,d 1,d 2,d 3,…,d N-1,其中N是编码后的信息位数量。 The above bit sequence (or information bit) c 0 , c 1 , c 2 , c 3 , …, c K-1 is encoded using Polar coding, and the encoded information bits are represented by d 0 , d 1 , d 2 , d 3 , …, d N-1 , where N is the number of encoded information bits.
904,速率匹配(rate matching)904, rate matching
上述位序列(或者说信息位)d 0,d 1,d 2,d 3,…,d N-1作为输入进行速率匹配。速率匹配后的输出位序列表征为f 0,f 1,f 2,f 3,…,f E-1,其中E是速率匹配后的信息位数量或者说速率匹配输出序列长度。速率匹配后的信息位数量等于将在物理信道(PDCCH)上发送的位数量(比特数量),也就是说,E=M bit。, The above bit sequence (or information bit) d 0 , d 1 , d 2 , d 3 , …, d N-1 is used as input for rate matching. The output bit sequence after rate matching is characterized by f 0 , f 1 , f 2 , f 3 , …, f E-1 , where E is the number of information bits after rate matching or the length of the rate matching output sequence. The number of information bits after rate matching is equal to the number of bits (bit number) to be sent on the physical channel (PDCCH), that is, E = M bit . ,
905,加扰905, Scramble
在进行调制前,对信息位进行加扰。Before modulation, the information bits are scrambled.
设比特块(或者说位序列,或者说信息位)b(0),…,b(M bit-1),其中M bit是将在物理信道(PDCCH)上发送的位数量。在进行调制前,承载所述下行控制信息的PDCCH采用加扰序列进行加扰,所述加扰序列根据第一参数和第二参数初始化,即可以根据(2)采用加扰序列c(i)进行加扰,得到加扰的比特块 Assume that the bit block (or bit sequence, or information bit) is b(0),…,b(M bit -1), where M bit is the number of bits to be sent on the physical channel (PDCCH). Before modulation, the PDCCH carrying the downlink control information is scrambled using a scrambling sequence, and the scrambling sequence is initialized according to the first parameter and the second parameter, that is, the scrambling sequence c(i) can be used for scrambling according to (2) to obtain a scrambled bit block
其中,加扰序列c(i)是伪随机序列。加扰序列生成器由c
init=(n
RNTI·2
16+n
ID)mod2
31初始化。其中:
Wherein, the scrambling sequence c(i) is a pseudo-random sequence. The scrambling sequence generator is initialized by c init =(n RNTI ·2 16 +n ID )
第一参数:针对n ID,在所述网络设备针对CORESET配置了加扰ID信息时,所 述第一参数根据所述加扰ID信息确定。在所述下行控制信息在CSS中发送时,所述网络设备针对CORESET不配置加扰ID信息,所述第一参数根据小区ID确定。 First parameter: for n ID , when the network device configures scrambling ID information for CORESET, the first parameter is determined according to the scrambling ID information. When the downlink control information is sent in the CSS, the network device does not configure scrambling ID information for CORESET, and the first parameter is determined according to the cell ID.
例如,若在USS中发送第一DCI格式的DCI,如果(关联的CORESET)被配置了高层参数(加扰ID)pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID,n ID∈{0,1,…,65535}等于高层参数pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID,否则, For example, if DCI of the first DCI format is sent in the USS, if (the associated CORESET) is configured with the higher-layer parameter (scrambling ID) pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID, n ID ∈ {0,1,…,65535} is equal to the higher-layer parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID, otherwise,
例如,若在CSS中发送第一DCI格式的DCI, (例如(协议规定)(关联的CORESET)不能被配置高层参数pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID);或者,如果(关联的CORESET)被配置了高层参数pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID,n ID∈{0,1,…,65535}等于高层参数pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID,否则, For example, if DCI of the first DCI format is sent in the CSS, (For example, (protocol provisions) (the associated CORESET) cannot be configured with the higher-level parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID); or, if (the associated CORESET) is configured with the higher-level parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID, n ID ∈ {0,1,…,65535} is equal to the higher-level parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID, otherwise,
第二参数:针对n RNTI,在所述网络设备针对CORESET配置了加扰ID信息时,所述第二参数由C-RNTI提供;或者,在所述下行控制信息在CSS中发送时,所述网络设备针对CORESET不配置加扰ID信息,所述第二参数为0。 Second parameter: for n RNTI , when the network device configures scrambling ID information for CORESET, the second parameter is provided by C-RNTI; or, when the downlink control information is sent in the CSS, the network device does not configure scrambling ID information for CORESET, and the second parameter is 0.
例如,若在USS中发送第一DCI格式的DCI,如果被配置了高层参数(加扰ID)pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID,n RNTI由针对USS中的PDCCH的C-RNTI提供,否则,n RNTI=0。 For example, if DCI of the first DCI format is sent in the USS, if the higher layer parameter (scrambling ID) pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID is configured, n RNTI is provided by the C-RNTI for the PDCCH in the USS, otherwise, n RNTI =0.
例如,若在CSS中发送第一DCI格式的DCI,n RNTI=0(例如(协议规定)(关联的CORESET)不能被配置高层参数pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID);或者,如果被配置了高层参数pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID,n RNTI由针对USS中的PDCCH的C-RNTI提供,否则,n RNTI=0。 For example, if DCI of the first DCI format is sent in the CSS, n RNTI = 0 (for example, (protocol specifies) (the associated CORESET) cannot be configured with the higher-level parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID); or, if the higher-level parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID is configured, n RNTI is provided by the C-RNTI for the PDCCH in the USS, otherwise, n RNTI = 0.
一般伪随机序列(Generic pseudo-random sequences)由length-31 Gold sequence定义。长度为M PN的输出序列c(n),n=0,1,…,M PN-1(对应上述表征为c(i)的加扰序列,M PN=M bit),定义为: Generic pseudo-random sequences are defined by the length-31 Gold sequence. The output sequence c(n) of length M PN , n = 0, 1, ..., M PN -1 (corresponding to the scrambling sequence characterized as c(i) above, M PN = M bit ), is defined as:
c(n)=(x
1(n+N
c)+x
2(n+N
c))mod 2
c(n)=(x 1 (n+N c )+x 2 (n+N c ))
x
1(n+31)=(x
1(n+3)+x
1(n))mod 2
x 1 (n+31)=(x 1 (n+3)+x 1 (n))
x
2(n+31)=(x
2(n+3)+x
2(n+2)+x
2(n+1)+x
2(n))mod 2
x 2 (n+31)=(x 2 (n+3)+x 2 (n+2)+x 2 (n+1)+x 2 (n))
其中,N c=1600,第一个m-sequence x 1(n)由x 1(0)=1,x 1(n)=0,n=1,2,…,30初始化。第二个m-sequence x 2(n)由c init初始化。 Wherein, N c = 1600, the first m-sequence x 1 (n) is initialized by x 1 (0) = 1, x 1 (n) = 0, n = 1, 2, ..., 30. The second m-sequence x 2 (n) is initialized by c init .
906,调制906, Modulation
上述比特块(或者说位序列,或者说信息位) 通过QPSK 调制,得到complex-valued modulation symbols d(0),…,d(M symbol-1),其中M symbol表示调制符号数。 The above bit block (or bit sequence, or information bit) Through QPSK modulation, complex-valued modulation symbols d(0),…,d(M symbol -1) are obtained, where M symbol represents the number of modulation symbols.
907,映射到物理资源907, mapped to physical resources
将调制符号d(0),…,d(M symbol-1)(可选地,由因子β PDCCH缩放(scaled)后)依次映射到待监听的PDDCH的不用于关联的PDCCH DMRS的资源元素(resource elements,REs)(k,l) p,μ上,按先频域索引k升序后时域索引l升序。其中天线端口p=2000,(k,l) p,μ表示针对天线端口p和子载波间隔配置μ(如下表15所示)的频域索引k且时域索引l的资源元素。 The modulation symbols d(0),…,d(M symbol -1) (optionally, scaled by a factor β PDCCH ) are sequentially mapped to resource elements (REs) (k,l) p,μ of the PDCCH DMRS not used for association of the PDDCH to be monitored, in ascending order of frequency domain index k first and then time domain index l. Wherein the antenna port p = 2000, (k,l) p,μ represents the resource element with frequency domain index k and time domain index l for antenna port p and subcarrier spacing configuration μ (as shown in Table 15 below).
表15支持传输数字Table 15 Supports transmission of digital
图10是将调制符号映射到物理资源的一个示例图。这里假设一个CORESET包括的RB数 符号数 CCE-to-REG映射为非交织的,且有1个聚合等级AL=1(即一个PDCCH由1个CCE构成)的PDCCH candidate,由CCE0(包括REGs 0~5)构成,DCI由PDCCH 0承载,PDCCH 0在该PDCCH candidate发送。这种情况下,PDCCH 0对应的调制符号d(0),…,d(M symbol-1), (可选地,由因子β PDCCH缩放(scaled)后)按先频域后时域(先RE频域索引k升序后时域索引l升序)的顺序映射到CCE0(或者说REGs0~5)中不用于DMRS的RE。 Figure 10 is an example diagram of mapping modulation symbols to physical resources. It is assumed that a CORESET includes RBs. Number of symbols The CCE-to-REG mapping is non-interleaved, and there is one PDCCH candidate with aggregation level AL=1 (i.e., one PDCCH consists of one CCE), which consists of CCE0 (including REGs 0 to 5), and the DCI is carried by PDCCH 0, which is sent on this PDCCH candidate. In this case, the modulation symbols corresponding to PDCCH 0 are d(0),…,d(M symbol -1), (Optionally, after being scaled by factor β PDCCH ) mapped to REs not used for DMRS in CCE0 (or REGs0-5) in the order of frequency domain first and time domain second (RE frequency domain index k ascending first and time domain index l ascending).
以下对PDCCH DMRS进行说明。The following is an explanation of PDCCH DMRS.
在一些实施例中,承载所述下行控制信息的PDCCH的DMRS参考信号序列根据前述第一参数初始化。In some embodiments, the DMRS reference signal sequence of the PDCCH carrying the downlink control information is initialized according to the aforementioned first parameter.
UE假设OFDM符号l的参考信号序列r l(m)被定义为: The UE assumes that the reference signal sequence r l (m) of OFDM symbol l is defined as:
其中,伪随机序列c(i)的定义在下文中有介绍,伪随机序列生成器由 初始化。其中,l是在时隙中的OFDM符号序号(OFDM symbol number), 是一个帧中的时隙序号(slot number),针对N ID∈{0,1,…,65535}: The definition of the pseudo-random sequence c(i) is introduced below. The pseudo-random sequence generator is composed of Initialization. Where l is the OFDM symbol number in the time slot. is the slot number in a frame, for N ID ∈{0,1,…,65535}:
例如,若在USS中发送第一DCI格式的DCI,如果(关联的CORESET)被配置了高层参数pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID,n ID∈{0,1,…,65535}等于高层参数pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID,否则, For example, if DCI of the first DCI format is sent in the USS, if (the associated CORESET) is configured with the higher-layer parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID, n ID ∈ {0,1,…,65535} is equal to the higher-layer parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID, otherwise,
例如,若在CSS中发送第一DCI格式的DCI, (例如(协议规定)(关联的CORESET)不能被配置高层参数pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID);或者,如果(关联的CORESET)被配置了高层参数pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID,n ID∈{0,1,…,65535}等于高层参数pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID,否则, For example, if DCI of the first DCI format is sent in the CSS, (For example, (protocol provisions) (the associated CORESET) cannot be configured with the higher-level parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID); or, if (the associated CORESET) is configured with the higher-level parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID, n ID ∈ {0,1,…,65535} is equal to the higher-level parameter pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID, otherwise,
在一些实施例中,在映射到物理资源时,PDCCH DMRS可以是宽带映射或窄带映射。In some embodiments, when mapped to physical resources, the PDCCH DMRS can be wideband mapped or narrowband mapped.
例如,参考信号序列r l(m)被映射到REs(k,l) p,μ,(k,l) p,μ表示针对天线端口p和子载波间隔配置μ的频域索引k且时域索引l的资源元素: For example, the reference signal sequence r l (m) is mapped to REs (k, l) p, μ , where (k, l) p, μ represents a resource element with frequency domain index k and time domain index l for antenna port p and subcarrier spacing configuration μ:
k′=0,1,2k′=0,1,2
n=0,1,…n=0,1,…
其中, 是RE(k,l) p,μ对应的复数值(complexed value)。 in, is the complexed value corresponding to RE(k,l) p,μ .
如果高层参数precoderGranularity等于sameAsREG-bundle,这些REs(k,l) p,μ是在组成UE将会尝试解码的PDCCH的REGs中,即窄带映射。如果precoderGranularity等于allContiguousRBs,这些REs(k,l) p,μ是在UE将会尝试解码PDCCH的CORESET中的连续的资源块集合中的所有REGs中,即宽带映射。 If the higher layer parameter precoderGranularity is equal to sameAsREG-bundle, these REs(k,l) p,μ are in the REGs that make up the PDCCH that the UE will try to decode, that is, narrowband mapping. If precoderGranularity is equal to allContiguousRBs, these REs(k,l) p,μ are in all REGs of the contiguous resource block set in the CORESET where the UE will try to decode the PDCCH, that is, wideband mapping.
针对k的参考点:如果CORESET由PBCH(或者说MIB)或PDCCH-ConfigCommon IE中的controlResourceSetZero域配置,针对k的参考点是CORESET中最低编号/序号的RB的子载波0(也就说,k=0对应该子载波0),否 则,针对k的参考点是common RB 0的子载波0(也就说,k=0对应该子载波0)。其中,l是在时隙中的OFDM符号序号(OFDM symbol number)。天线端口p=2000。Reference point for k: If the CORESET is configured by the controlResourceSetZero field in the PBCH (or MIB) or PDCCH-ConfigCommon IE, the reference point for k is
根据上述公式可以看出,用于发送DMRS的REG中,每个REG中有3个REs(RE 1/5/9)用于映射/发送DMRS。According to the above formula, in the REG used to send DMRS, there are 3 REs (
图11A和图11B是PDCCH DMRS在宽带映射和窄带映射情况下的2个示例图,第1个示例图中CORESET中所有RBs都是连续的(即,只有一个连续的RBs集合),第2个示例图中CORESET包括不连续的RBs(分别为2个连续的RBs集合)。假设CCE-to-REG映射是交织的,一个PDCCH对应非连续的REG。如图11A和图11B所示,在宽带映射的情况下,PDCCH所在的CORESET中的连续的RBs集合中的全部REGs都用于发送DMRS,也就是说,在该连续的RBs集合中,即使一个REG不用于发送PDCCH,也会用于发送DMRS,进而可以提高信道估计的准确性。在窄带映射的情况下,PDCCH所在的全部REGs都用于发送DMRS,也就是说,如果一个REG不用于发送PDCCH,则也不用于发送DMRS,进而可以节省资源。FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B are two example diagrams of PDCCH DMRS in the case of broadband mapping and narrowband mapping. In the first example diagram, all RBs in CORESET are continuous (i.e., there is only one continuous RBs set), and in the second example diagram, CORESET includes discontinuous RBs (two continuous RBs sets, respectively). Assume that CCE-to-REG mapping is interleaved, and one PDCCH corresponds to a discontinuous REG. As shown in FIG. 11A and FIG. 11B, in the case of broadband mapping, all REGs in the continuous RBs set in CORESET where PDCCH is located are used to send DMRS, that is, in the continuous RBs set, even if one REG is not used to send PDCCH, it will be used to send DMRS, thereby improving the accuracy of channel estimation. In the case of narrowband mapping, all REGs where PDCCH is located are used to send DMRS, that is, if one REG is not used to send PDCCH, it is not used to send DMRS, thereby saving resources.
在一些实施例中,该方法还包括:所述网络设备向所述转发器发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括指示所述第一信息域的数量的信息,和/或指示所述第一信息域的位宽的信息,和/或指示所述第二信息域的数量的信息,和/或指示所述第二信息域的位宽的信息,和/或指示下行控制信息的载荷大小的信息,和/或指示所述下行控制信息的CRC使用的RNTI的信息。该第一配置信息例如包括以上高层参数1至5,7中的任意一个,本申请实施例并不以此作为限制,以上高层参数1至5,7可以是相同或不同的。In some embodiments, the method further includes: the network device sends first configuration information to the forwarder, the first configuration information including information indicating the number of the first information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the first information field, and/or information indicating the number of the second information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the second information field, and/or information indicating the payload size of the downlink control information, and/or information indicating the RNTI used by the CRC of the downlink control information. The first configuration information, for example, includes any one of the above high-
在一些实施例中,该方法还可以包括:网络设备接收所述转发器发送的能力信息,所述能力信息包括或不包括用于指示所述转发器是否/如何支持第一DCI format的第五信息。所述第五信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个:用于指示转发器是否支持第一DCI格式的信息;用于指示转发器是否支持在CSS监听第一DCI格式的DCI的信息;用于指示转发器是否支持在USS监听第一DCI格式的DCI的信息;用于指示转发器是否支持动态接入链路波束指示;用于指示转发器是否支持动态的边控制信息,关于该能力信息将在后述第二方面的实施例进行说明。In some embodiments, the method may further include: the network device receives capability information sent by the forwarder, the capability information including or not including fifth information for indicating whether/how the forwarder supports the first DCI format. The fifth information includes one or more of the following information: information for indicating whether the forwarder supports the first DCI format; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports monitoring DCI of the first DCI format in the CSS; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports monitoring DCI of the first DCI format in the USS; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports dynamic access link beam indication; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports dynamic edge control information. The capability information will be described in the embodiment of the second aspect described later.
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明,但本申请不限于此,还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如,可以单独使用上述各个实施例, 也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。The above embodiments are merely exemplary of the embodiments of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto, and appropriate modifications may be made based on the above embodiments. For example, the above embodiments may be used alone, or one or more of the above embodiments may be combined.
根据本申请实施例,可以通过第一DCI格式的DCI进行针对转发器的波束的指示,可以通过网络设备对转发器的波束的控制使转发器进行转发时(转发下行/上行信号)的波束能够与接收/发送信号的终端设备的波束匹配,从而提高放大/增强信号的效果,同时减小对网络中其他设备的干扰,提升网络吞吐量。According to an embodiment of the present application, the beam of the repeater can be indicated through the DCI in the first DCI format, and the beam of the repeater can be controlled by the network device so that the beam of the repeater when forwarding (forwarding downlink/uplink signals) can match the beam of the terminal device that receives/sends the signal, thereby improving the effect of amplifying/enhancing the signal, while reducing interference to other devices in the network and improving network throughput.
第二方面的实施例Embodiments of the second aspect
本申请实施例提供一种信息接收方法,从转发器一侧进行说明,与第一方面的实施例相同的内容不再赘述。An embodiment of the present application provides an information receiving method, which is described from the perspective of a repeater, and the contents that are the same as those in the embodiment of the first aspect will not be repeated.
图12是本申请实施例的信息接收方法的一示意图,如图12所示,该方法包括:FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an information receiving method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 12 , the method includes:
1201,转发器接收网络设备发送的下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息是第一DCI格式,所述下行控制信息包括用于指示波束的一个或多个第一信息域,和/或,用于指示时域资源的一个或多个第二信息域,和/或,用于指示子载波间隔的一个或多个第三信息域。1201. A forwarder receives downlink control information sent by a network device, where the downlink control information is in a first DCI format, and includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing.
值得注意的是,以上附图12仅对本申请实施例进行了示意性说明,但本申请不限于此。例如可以适当地调整各个操作之间的执行顺序,此外还可以增加其他的一些操作或者减少其中的某些操作。本领域的技术人员可以根据上述内容进行适当地变型,而不仅限于上述附图12的记载。It is worth noting that the above FIG. 12 is only a schematic illustration of the embodiment of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto. For example, the execution order between the various operations can be appropriately adjusted, and other operations can be added or some operations can be reduced. Those skilled in the art can make appropriate modifications based on the above content, and are not limited to the description of the above FIG. 12.
关于该第一DCI格式,第一信息域、第二信息域,第一信息域和第二信息域的排列,对应关系,DCI的载荷,请参考第一方面的实施例,此处不再赘述。Regarding the first DCI format, the first information field, the second information field, the arrangement of the first information field and the second information field, the corresponding relationship, and the payload of DCI, please refer to the embodiment of the first aspect, which will not be described again here.
以下具体说明转发器如何接收该第一DCI格式的DCI(如何确定监听DCI的PDCCH候选集合)。The following specifically describes how the forwarder receives the DCI in the first DCI format (how to determine the PDCCH candidate set for monitoring the DCI).
在一些实施例中,在被配置了PDCCH监听的激活的服务小区(activated serving cell)上,NCR-MT根据对应的SS sets在激活的下行BWP(active DL BWP)上的一个或多个CORESETs监听PDCCH candidates集合,其中监听(monitoring)是指根据被监听的DCI格式的DCIs解码每个PDCCH candidate。所述下行控制信息由所述PDCCH候选集合中的PDCCH候选承载。In some embodiments, on an activated serving cell configured with PDCCH monitoring, the NCR-MT monitors a set of PDCCH candidates on one or more CORESETs on an active DL BWP according to corresponding SS sets, wherein monitoring refers to decoding each PDCCH candidate according to DCIs of the monitored DCI format. The downlink control information is carried by a PDCCH candidate in the PDCCH candidate set.
在一些实施例中,针对关联CORESET p的search space set s,在时隙 中的该搜索空间集合的对应于n CI的服务小区的激活的DL BWP的聚合等级L的PDCCH In some embodiments, for the search space set s associated with CORESET p, in time slot The PDCCH of aggregation level L of the activated DL BWP of the serving cell corresponding to n CI in the search space set
针对任何CSS, For any CSS,
针对USS, 其中,Y p,-1=n RNTI≠0,针对CORESET pmod3=0,A p=39827,针对CORESET pmod3=1,A p=39829,针对CORESETpmod3=2,A p=39839,D=65537。其中,n RNTI是C-RNTI或上述新引入的RNTI(例如该USS用于发送第一DCI格式的DCI或者说NCR-MT在该USS监听第一DCI格式的DCI时,所述PDCCH候选集合的CCE(起始CCE)索引与新的RNTI相关(相等))。 For USS, Wherein, Yp ,-1 = nRNTI ≠0, for CORESETpmod3=0, Ap =39827, for CORESETpmod3=1, Ap =39829, for CORESETpmod3=2, Ap =39839, D=65537. Wherein, nRNTI is C-RNTI or the newly introduced RNTI (for example, the USS is used to send DCI of the first DCI format or when the NCR-MT monitors the DCI of the first DCI format at the USS, the CCE (starting CCE) index of the PDCCH candidate set is related to (equal to) the new RNTI).
其中,N CCE,p表示CORESET p的CCE数,这些CCEs从0到N CCE,p-1编号。 Where N CCE,p represents the number of CCEs of CORESET p, and these CCEs are numbered from 0 to N CCE,p -1.
其中,n CI: Where n CI is :
针对任何CSS,n CI=0。 For any CSS, nCI =0.
针对USS,除了从相同的服务小区调度该服务小区时n CI=0以外,如果NCR-MT由CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig被配置了载波指示域,n CI为(对应该服务小区的)载波指示域的值。 For USS, except when the serving cell is scheduled from the same serving cell, n CI = 0. If the NCR-MT is configured with a carrier indication field by CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig, n CI is the value of the carrier indication field (corresponding to the serving cell).
其中, 是NCR-MT被配置去监听的search space set s中聚合等级L的对应于n CI的服务小区的PDCCH candidates数量。 in, is the number of PDCCH candidates of the serving cell corresponding to n CI with aggregation level L in search space set s that the NCR-MT is configured to monitor.
针对任何CSS, For any CSS,
针对USS, 表示search space set s中聚合等级L的所有配置的n CI值的最大的 For USS, The maximum nCI value of all configurations of aggregation level L in search space set s
所述转发器在被配置了监听第一DCI格式的CSS和/或USS上监听所述第一DCI格式的所述下行控制信息。假设被配置在一个CSS监听第一DCI格式的DCI,相应地,根据前述方法确定
n
CI=0,该CSS关联的CORESET p中的CCE数N
CCE,p=32,并且针对该第一DCI格式的DCI仅配置了聚合等级L=8的2个PDCCH candidates,则例如图13所示,NCR-MT在PDCCH candidate 0(由CCE 0~7构成)和PDCCH candidate 1(由CCE 8~15构成)监听第一DCI格式的DCI。
The forwarder monitors the downlink control information of the first DCI format on a CSS and/or USS configured to monitor the first DCI format. Assuming that a CSS is configured to monitor the DCI of the first DCI format, accordingly, according to the above method, n CI = 0, the number of CCEs in the CORESET p associated with the CSS is N CCE,p = 32, and only 2 PDCCH candidates with aggregation level L = 8 are configured for the DCI of the first DCI format. For example, as shown in Figure 13, the NCR-MT monitors the DCI of the first DCI format at PDCCH candidate 0 (composed of
在一些实施例中,该方法还可以包括:转发器向网络设备发送能力信息,所述能力信息包括或不包括用于指示所述转发器是否/如何支持第一DCI format的第五信息。 所述第五信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个:用于指示转发器(以下转发器可以替换为NCR-MT或NCR-Fwd或NCR)是否支持第一DCI格式的信息;用于指示转发器是否支持在CSS监听第一DCI格式的DCI的信息;用于指示转发器是否支持在USS监听第一DCI格式的DCI的信息;用于指示转发器是否支持动态接入链路波束指示;用于指示转发器是否支持动态的边控制信息。In some embodiments, the method may further include: the forwarder sends capability information to the network device, the capability information including or not including fifth information for indicating whether/how the forwarder supports the first DCI format. The fifth information includes one or more of the following information: information for indicating whether the forwarder (hereinafter the forwarder may be replaced by NCR-MT or NCR-Fwd or NCR) supports the first DCI format; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports monitoring DCI of the first DCI format in the CSS; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports monitoring DCI of the first DCI format in the USS; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports dynamic access link beam indication; information for indicating whether the forwarder supports dynamic edge control information.
在一些实施例中,可以在协议中定义上述第五信息,且该第五信息可以定义为可选的(optional)或强制性的(mandatory)或有条件强制性的(optionally mandatory)。In some embodiments, the fifth information mentioned above can be defined in the protocol, and the fifth information can be defined as optional or mandatory or conditionally mandatory.
例如,可选的是指,不同转发器可以有选择地支持第五信息对应的功能或者说feature,在支持的情况下,发送相应的第五信息,在不支持的时候,不发送相应的第五信息。For example, optional means that different forwarders can selectively support the function or feature corresponding to the fifth information, and send the corresponding fifth information when supported, and not send the corresponding fifth information when not supported.
例如,强制性的是指,第五信息是强制性的和/或第五信息对应的功能或者说特征feature是强制性的,所有转发器都支持第五信息对应的功能或者说特征,和/或,都需要发送第五信息。For example, mandatory means that the fifth information is mandatory and/or the function or feature corresponding to the fifth information is mandatory, all forwarders support the function or feature corresponding to the fifth information, and/or all need to send the fifth information.
例如,有条件强制性的是指,第五信息是有强制性的和/或第五信息对应的功能或者说特征是有条件强制性的,其含义是,在特定情况下,转发器必须支持第五信息对应的功能或者说特征,和/或,必须发送第五信息。For example, conditionally mandatory means that the fifth information is mandatory and/or the function or feature corresponding to the fifth information is conditionally mandatory, which means that, under certain circumstances, the forwarder must support the function or feature corresponding to the fifth information and/or must send the fifth information.
例如,若转发器的工作频带在FR2,则第五信息是强制性的,若工作频带在FR1,则第五信息可以是可选的或者说不是强制性的。For example, if the operating frequency band of the repeater is FR2, the fifth information is mandatory, and if the operating frequency band is FR1, the fifth information may be optional or not mandatory.
再例如,若转发器的工作频带在FR2(或者说不在FR1)且不支持半静态的接入链路波束指示/配置,则第五信息是强制性的,否则第五信息可以是可选的。For another example, if the operating frequency band of the repeater is in FR2 (or not in FR1) and does not support semi-static access link beam indication/configuration, the fifth information is mandatory, otherwise the fifth information may be optional.
再例如,若转发器不支持半静态的接入链路波束指示/配置,则第五信息是强制性的,否则第五信息可以是可选的。For another example, if the repeater does not support semi-static access link beam indication/configuration, the fifth information is mandatory, otherwise the fifth information may be optional.
在一些实施例中,可以不定义上述第五信息(相应地,上述能力信息不包括第五信息)。缺省地,转发器默认支持第一DCI格式的DCI,也就是说,所有转发器都支持第一DCI格式的DCI,即,第一DCI格式的DCI这个功能或者说feature对于转发器是强制性的(mandatory)。In some embodiments, the fifth information may not be defined (correspondingly, the capability information does not include the fifth information). By default, the forwarder supports the DCI in the first DCI format by default, that is, all forwarders support the DCI in the first DCI format, that is, the function or feature of the DCI in the first DCI format is mandatory for the forwarder.
图14是本申请实施例的网络设备和转发器信息传输流程图,包括:FIG. 14 is a flow chart of information transmission between a network device and a forwarder according to an embodiment of the present application, including:
1400,网络设备向转发器发送UE能力询问(UECapabilityEnquiry)1400, the network device sends a UE capability query (UECapabilityEnquiry) to the forwarder
1401,转发器向网络设备发送能力信息(UECapabilityInformation);1401, the forwarder sends capability information (UECapabilityInformation) to the network device;
1402,网络设备向转发器发送配置信息;1402, the network device sends configuration information to the forwarder;
1403,网络设备向转发器发送或不发送第一DCI格式的DCI。1403. The network device sends or does not send the DCI in the first DCI format to the forwarder.
在一些实施例中,为了能让NCR-MT正确监听并接收第一DCI格式的DCI,网络设备需要先向NCR-MT发送一些配置信息,包括前述第一配置信息、搜索空间配置信息、RNTI配置、CORESET配置中的至少一种,而在此之前,为了使得网络设备向终端设备UE发送的配置与NCR-MT所支持的功能相匹配,NCR-MT可能需要向网络设备发送一些与自身所支持的功能相关的能力信息。这些配置信息和能力信息的全部或部分可以通过RRC信令或MAC信令或OAM发送/交互。基于该信息交互,网络设备和NCR-MT之间进行或不进行第一DCI格式的DCI收发。In some embodiments, in order to enable NCR-MT to correctly monitor and receive DCI in the first DCI format, the network device needs to first send some configuration information to NCR-MT, including at least one of the aforementioned first configuration information, search space configuration information, RNTI configuration, and CORESET configuration. Prior to this, in order to make the configuration sent by the network device to the terminal device UE match the functions supported by NCR-MT, NCR-MT may need to send some capability information related to the functions supported by itself to the network device. All or part of these configuration information and capability information can be sent/interacted via RRC signaling, MAC signaling, or OAM. Based on this information interaction, the network device and NCR-MT perform or do not perform DCI transmission and reception in the first DCI format.
本申请以上实施例所述的步骤1401,1402,1403都可以单独实施,或者组合实施,本申请实施例并不以此作为限制。该能力信息、配置信息、第一DCI格式的DCI的具体内容和发送方式请参考前述实施例,此处不再重复。Steps 1401, 1402, and 1403 described in the above embodiments of the present application can be implemented separately or in combination, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto. Please refer to the above embodiments for the specific content and sending method of the capability information, configuration information, and DCI in the first DCI format, which will not be repeated here.
以上仅对与本申请相关的各步骤或过程进行了说明,但本申请不限于此。本申请实施例的方法还可以包括其他步骤或者过程,关于这些步骤或者过程的具体内容,可以参考相关技术。The above only describes the steps or processes related to the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto. The method of the embodiment of the present application may also include other steps or processes, and the specific contents of these steps or processes may refer to the relevant technology.
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明,但本申请不限于此,还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如,可以单独使用上述各个实施例,也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。The above embodiments are merely exemplary of the embodiments of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto, and appropriate modifications may be made based on the above embodiments. For example, the above embodiments may be used alone, or one or more of the above embodiments may be combined.
根据本申请实施例,可以通过第一DCI格式的DCI进行针对转发器的波束的指示,可以通过网络设备对转发器的控制使转发器进行转发时的波束能够与接收转发信号的终端设备的波束匹配,从而提高放大/增强信号的效果,同时减小对网络中其他设备的干扰,提升网络吞吐量。According to an embodiment of the present application, the beam of the repeater can be indicated through the DCI in the first DCI format, and the network device can control the repeater so that the beam of the repeater during forwarding can match the beam of the terminal device that receives the forwarded signal, thereby improving the effect of amplifying/enhancing the signal, while reducing interference to other devices in the network and improving network throughput.
第三方面的实施例Embodiments of the third aspect
本申请实施例提供一种转发器,该转发器例如可以是前述的NCR,也可以是具有转发功能的网络设备或终端设备,也可以是配置于NCR、网络设备或终端设备的某个或某些部件或者组件。An embodiment of the present application provides a repeater, which may be, for example, the aforementioned NCR, or a network device or terminal device with a forwarding function, or one or more parts or components configured in the NCR, network device or terminal device.
图15是本申请实施例的转发器的一示意图,由于该转发器解决问题的原理与第一方面的实施例的方法相同,因此其具体实施可以参照第二方面的实施例,内容相同 之处不再重复说明。Figure 15 is a schematic diagram of a repeater according to an embodiment of the present application. Since the principle of solving the problem by the repeater is the same as the method of the embodiment of the first aspect, its specific implementation can refer to the embodiment of the second aspect, and the same contents will not be repeated.
如图15所示,转发器1500还包括:As shown in FIG. 15 , the forwarder 1500 further includes:
接收单元1501,其接收网络设备发送的下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息是第一DCI格式,所述下行控制信息包括用于指示波束的一个或多个第一信息域,和/或,用于指示时域资源的一个或多个第二信息域,和/或,用于指示子载波间隔的一个或多个第三信息域。The receiving
关于该第一DCI格式,第一信息域、第二信息域,第一信息域和第二信息域的排列,对应关系,DCI的载荷,如何接收第一DCI格式的DCI请参考第一和第二方面的实施例,此处不再赘述。Regarding the first DCI format, the first information field, the second information field, the arrangement of the first information field and the second information field, the corresponding relationship, the DCI payload, and how to receive the DCI in the first DCI format, please refer to the first and second embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
此外,为了简单起见,图15中仅示例性示出了各个部件或模块之间的连接关系或信号走向,但是本领域技术人员应该清楚的是,可以采用总线连接等各种相关技术。上述各个部件或模块可以通过例如处理器、存储器、发射机、接收机等硬件设施来实现;本申请实施并不对此进行限制。In addition, for the sake of simplicity, FIG. 15 only exemplifies the connection relationship or signal direction between various components or modules, but it should be clear to those skilled in the art that various related technologies such as bus connection can be used. The above-mentioned various components or modules can be implemented by hardware facilities such as processors, memories, transmitters, and receivers; the implementation of this application is not limited to this.
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明,但本申请不限于此,还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如,可以单独使用上述各个实施例,也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。The above embodiments are merely exemplary of the embodiments of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto, and appropriate modifications may be made based on the above embodiments. For example, the above embodiments may be used alone, or one or more of the above embodiments may be combined.
根据本申请实施例,可以通过第一DCI格式的DCI进行针对转发器的波束的指示,可以通过网络设备对转发器的控制使转发器进行转发时的波束能够与接收转发信号的终端设备的波束匹配,从而提高放大/增强信号的效果,同时减小对网络中其他设备的干扰,提升网络吞吐量。According to an embodiment of the present application, the beam of the repeater can be indicated through the DCI in the first DCI format, and the network device can control the repeater so that the beam of the repeater during forwarding can match the beam of the terminal device that receives the forwarded signal, thereby improving the effect of amplifying/enhancing the signal, while reducing interference to other devices in the network and improving network throughput.
第四方面的实施例Embodiments of the fourth aspect
本申请实施例提供一种网络设备。An embodiment of the present application provides a network device.
图16是本申请实施例的网络设备的一示意图,由于该网络设备解决问题的原理与第一方面的实施例的方法相同,因此其具体实施可以参照第一方面的实施例,内容相同之处不再重复说明。Figure 16 is a schematic diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. Since the principle of solving the problem by the network device is the same as the method of the embodiment of the first aspect, its specific implementation can refer to the embodiment of the first aspect, and the same contents will not be repeated.
如图16所示,本申请实施例的网络设备1600包括:As shown in FIG. 16 , the
发送单元1601,其向转发器发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息是第一DCI格式,所述下行控制信息包括用于指示波束的一个或多个第一信息域,和/或,用于 指示时域资源的一个或多个第二信息域,和/或,用于指示子载波间隔的一个或多个第三信息域。A sending
关于该第一DCI格式,第一信息域、第二信息域,第一信息域和第二信息域的排列,对应关系,DCI的载荷,如何发送第一DCI格式的DCI请参考第一方面的实施例,此处不再赘述。Regarding the first DCI format, the first information field, the second information field, the arrangement of the first information field and the second information field, the corresponding relationship, the DCI payload, and how to send the DCI in the first DCI format, please refer to the embodiment of the first aspect and will not be repeated here.
值得注意的是,以上仅对与本申请相关的各部件或模块进行了说明,但本申请不限于此。本申请实施例的网络设备1600还可以包括其它部件或者模块,关于这些部件或者模块的具体内容,可以参考相关技术。It is worth noting that the above only describes the components or modules related to the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto. The
此外,为了简单起见,图16中仅示例性示出了各个部件或模块之间的连接关系或信号走向,但是本领域技术人员应该清楚的是,可以采用总线连接等各种相关技术。上述各个部件或模块可以通过例如处理器、存储器、发射机、接收机等硬件设施来实现;本申请实施并不对此进行限制。In addition, for the sake of simplicity, FIG. 16 only exemplifies the connection relationship or signal direction between various components or modules, but it should be clear to those skilled in the art that various related technologies such as bus connection can be used. The above-mentioned various components or modules can be implemented by hardware facilities such as processors, memories, transmitters, and receivers; the implementation of this application is not limited to this.
以上各个实施例仅对本申请实施例进行了示例性说明,但本申请不限于此,还可以在以上各个实施例的基础上进行适当的变型。例如,可以单独使用上述各个实施例,也可以将以上各个实施例中的一种或多种结合起来。The above embodiments are merely exemplary of the embodiments of the present application, but the present application is not limited thereto, and appropriate modifications may be made based on the above embodiments. For example, the above embodiments may be used alone, or one or more of the above embodiments may be combined.
根据本申请实施例,可以通过第一DCI格式的DCI进行针对转发器的波束的指示,可以通过网络设备对转发器的控制使转发器进行转发时的波束能够与接收转发信号的终端设备的波束匹配,从而提高放大/增强信号的效果,同时减小对网络中其他设备的干扰,提升网络吞吐量。According to an embodiment of the present application, the beam of the repeater can be indicated through the DCI in the first DCI format, and the network device can control the repeater so that the beam of the repeater during forwarding can match the beam of the terminal device that receives the forwarded signal, thereby improving the effect of amplifying/enhancing the signal, while reducing interference to other devices in the network and improving network throughput.
第五方面的实施例Embodiments of the fifth aspect
本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,图1是本申请实施例的通信系统的示意图,如图1所示,该通信系统包括网络设备101、转发器102以及终端设备103,为简单起见,图1仅以一个网络设备、一个转发器以及两个终端设备为例进行说明,但本申请实施例不限于此。An embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. FIG1 is a schematic diagram of the communication system of the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG1 , the communication system includes a
在本申请实施例中,网络设备101和终端设备103之间可以进行现有的业务或者未来可实施的业务传输。例如,这些业务可以包括但不限于:增强的移动宽带(eMBB)、大规模机器类型通信(mMTC)、高可靠低时延通信(URLLC)和车联网(V2X)通信,等等。转发器102被配置为执行第二方面的实施例所述的信息接收方法,网络设 备101被配置为执行第一方面的实施例所述的信息发送方法,其内容被合并于此,此处不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, existing services or future implementable services can be transmitted between the
本申请实施例还提供一种电子设备,该电子设备例如为转发器或者网络设备。An embodiment of the present application also provides an electronic device, which is, for example, a repeater or a network device.
图17是本申请实施例的电子设备的构成示意图。如图17所示,电子设备1700可以包括:处理器1710(例如中央处理器CPU)和存储器1720;存储器1720耦合到处理器1710。其中该存储器1720可存储各种数据;此外还存储信息处理的程序1730,并且在处理器1710的控制下执行该程序1730。FIG17 is a schematic diagram of the composition of an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG17 , the
例如,处理器1710可以被配置为执行程序而实现如第一方面的实施例所述的信息发送方法。For example, the
再例如,处理器1710可以被配置为执行程序而实现如第二方面的实施例所述的信息接收方法。For another example, the
再例如,处理器1710可以被配置为执行程序而实现如第二方面的实施例所述的步骤1400-1403中的至少一个步骤。For another example, the
此外,如图17所示,电子设备1700还可以包括:收发机1740和天线1750等;其中,上述部件的功能与现有技术类似,此处不再赘述。值得注意的是,电子设备1700也并不是必须要包括图17中所示的所有部件;此外,电子设备1700还可以包括图17中没有示出的部件,可以参考现有技术。In addition, as shown in FIG17 , the
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读程序,其中当在网络设备器中执行所述程序时,所述程序使得计算机在所述网络设备中执行第一方面的实施例所述的信息发送方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable program, wherein when the program is executed in a network device, the program enables a computer to execute the information sending method described in the embodiment of the first aspect in the network device.
本申请实施例还提供一种存储有计算机可读程序的存储介质,其中所述计算机可读程序使得计算机在网络设备中执行第一方面的实施例所述的信息发送方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium storing a computer-readable program, wherein the computer-readable program enables a computer to execute the information sending method described in the embodiment of the first aspect in a network device.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读程序,其中当在转发器中执行所述程序时,所述程序使得计算机在所述转发器中执行第二方面的实施例所述的信息接收方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable program, wherein when the program is executed in a repeater, the program enables a computer to execute the information receiving method described in the embodiment of the second aspect in the repeater.
本申请实施例还提供一种存储有计算机可读程序的存储介质,其中所述计算机可读程序使得计算机在转发器中执行第二方面的实施例所述的信息接收方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a storage medium storing a computer-readable program, wherein the computer-readable program enables a computer to execute the information receiving method described in the embodiment of the second aspect in a repeater.
本申请以上的装置和方法可以由硬件实现,也可以由硬件结合软件实现。本申请涉及这样的计算机可读程序,当该程序被逻辑部件所执行时,能够使该逻辑部件实现上文所述的装置或构成部件,或使该逻辑部件实现上文所述的各种方法或步骤。逻辑 部件例如现场可编程逻辑部件、微处理器、计算机中使用的处理器等。本申请还涉及用于存储以上程序的存储介质,如硬盘、磁盘、光盘、DVD、flash存储器等。The above devices and methods of the present application can be implemented by hardware, or by hardware combined with software. The present application relates to such a computer-readable program, which, when executed by a logic component, enables the logic component to implement the above-mentioned devices or components, or enables the logic component to implement the various methods or steps described above. Logic components are such as field programmable logic components, microprocessors, processors used in computers, etc. The present application also relates to storage media for storing the above programs, such as hard disks, magnetic disks, optical disks, DVDs, flash memories, etc.
结合本申请实施例描述的方法/装置可直接体现为硬件、由处理器执行的软件模块或二者组合。例如,图中所示的功能框图中的一个或多个和/或功能框图的一个或多个组合,既可以对应于计算机程序流程的各个软件模块,亦可以对应于各个硬件模块。这些软件模块,可以分别对应于图中所示的各个步骤。这些硬件模块例如可利用现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)将这些软件模块固化而实现。The method/device described in conjunction with the embodiments of the present application may be directly embodied as hardware, a software module executed by a processor, or a combination of the two. For example, one or more of the functional block diagrams shown in the figure and/or one or more combinations of the functional block diagrams may correspond to various software modules of the computer program flow or to various hardware modules. These software modules may correspond to the various steps shown in the figure, respectively. These hardware modules may be implemented by solidifying these software modules, for example, using a field programmable gate array (FPGA).
软件模块可以位于RAM存储器、闪存、ROM存储器、EPROM存储器、EEPROM存储器、寄存器、硬盘、移动磁盘、CD-ROM或者本领域已知的任何其它形式的存储介质。可以将一种存储介质耦接至处理器,从而使处理器能够从该存储介质读取信息,且可向该存储介质写入信息;或者该存储介质可以是处理器的组成部分。处理器和存储介质可以位于ASIC中。该软件模块可以存储在移动终端的存储器中,也可以存储在可插入移动终端的存储卡中。例如,若设备(如移动终端)采用的是较大容量的MEGA-SIM卡或者大容量的闪存装置,则该软件模块可存储在该MEGA-SIM卡或者大容量的闪存装置中。The software module may be located in a RAM memory, a flash memory, a ROM memory, an EPROM memory, an EEPROM memory, a register, a hard disk, a removable disk, a CD-ROM, or any other form of storage medium known in the art. A storage medium may be coupled to a processor so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and write information to the storage medium; or the storage medium may be an integral part of the processor. The processor and the storage medium may be located in an ASIC. The software module may be stored in a memory of a mobile terminal or in a memory card that can be inserted into the mobile terminal. For example, if a device (such as a mobile terminal) uses a large-capacity MEGA-SIM card or a large-capacity flash memory device, the software module may be stored in the MEGA-SIM card or the large-capacity flash memory device.
针对附图中描述的功能方框中的一个或多个和/或功能方框的一个或多个组合,可以实现为用于执行本申请所描述功能的通用处理器、数字信号处理器(DSP)、专用集成电路(ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)或者其它可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件或者其任意适当组合。针对附图描述的功能方框中的一个或多个和/或功能方框的一个或多个组合,还可以实现为计算设备的组合,例如,DSP和微处理器的组合、多个微处理器、与DSP通信结合的一个或多个微处理器或者任何其它这种配置。For one or more of the functional blocks described in the drawings and/or one or more combinations of functional blocks, it can be implemented as a general-purpose processor, digital signal processor (DSP), application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component or any appropriate combination thereof for performing the functions described in the present application. For one or more of the functional blocks described in the drawings and/or one or more combinations of functional blocks, it can also be implemented as a combination of computing devices, such as a combination of a DSP and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors in communication with a DSP, or any other such configuration.
以上结合具体的实施方式对本申请进行了描述,但本领域技术人员应该清楚,这些描述都是示例性的,并不是对本申请保护范围的限制。本领域技术人员可以根据本申请的精神和原理对本申请做出各种变型和修改,这些变型和修改也在本申请的范围内。The present application is described above in conjunction with specific implementation methods, but it should be clear to those skilled in the art that these descriptions are exemplary and are not intended to limit the scope of protection of the present application. Those skilled in the art can make various modifications and variations to the present application based on the spirit and principles of the present application, and these modifications and variations are also within the scope of the present application.
关于本实施例公开的上述实施方式,还公开了如下的附记:Regarding the above implementation methods disclosed in this embodiment, the following additional notes are also disclosed:
1.一种信息发送方法,应用于网络设备,其特征在于,所述方法包括:1. A method for sending information, applied to a network device, characterized in that the method comprises:
网络设备向转发器发送下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息是第一DCI格式,所 述下行控制信息包括用于指示波束的一个或多个第一信息域,和/或,用于指示时域资源的一个或多个第二信息域,和/或,用于指示子载波间隔的一个或多个第三信息域。The network device sends downlink control information to the forwarder, where the downlink control information is in a first DCI format, and the downlink control information includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing.
2.根据附记1所述的方法,其中,一个第一信息域用于指示一个波束索引,或者至多指示一个波束索引,或者指示多个波束索引。2. The method according to
3.根据附记2所述的方法,其中,所述波束索引包括对应波束的波束索引和/或不对应波束的波束索引。3. The method according to
4.根据附记1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息域的比特值包括有对应波束索引的比特值和/或没有对应波束索引的比特值。4. The method according to
5.根据附记1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息域的数量是预定义的和/或由高层信令配置或指示的。5. The method according to
6.根据附记1所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息域的位宽是预定义的和/或由高层信令配置或指示的。6. The method according to
7.根据附记1或6所述的方法,其中,在所述下行控制信息包括多个第一信息域时,不同第一信息域的位宽相同或不同。7. The method according to
8.根据附记6或7所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息域的位宽与对应波束索引的数量和/或有效的波束索引的数量和/或波束的数量相关。8. The method according to
9.根据附记1所述的方法,其中,一个第二信息域用于指示一个时域资源索引,或者至多指示一个时域资源索引,或者指示多个时域资源索引。9. The method according to
10.根据附记1或9所述的方法,其中,所述第二信息域对应时域资源表,所述时域资源表包括一个或多个时域资源配置,其中,各个时域资源配置包括一个时域资源或多个时域资源或不包括时域资源。10. A method according to
11.根据附记10所述的方法,其中,一个所述时域资源连续或不连续。11. The method according to Note 10, wherein one of the time domain resources is continuous or discontinuous.
12.根据附记10所述的方法,其中,各个时域资源配置包括的时域资源数量相同或不同。12. The method according to Note 10, wherein the number of time domain resources included in each time domain resource configuration is the same or different.
13.根据附记9至12任一项所述的方法,其中,所述时域资源索引包括对应时域资源的时域资源索引和/或不对应时域资源的时域资源索引。13. A method according to any one of
14.根据附记9至13任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第二信息域的比特值包括有对应时域资源索引的比特值和/或没有对应时域资源索引的比特值。14. A method according to any one of
15.根据附记1所述的方法,其中,所述第二信息域的数量是预定义的和/或由高层信令配置或指示的。15. The method according to
16.根据附记15所述的方法,其中,所述第二信息域的数量与所述第一信息域的数量和/或时域资源表中的配置包括的时域资源数量相关。16. The method according to Note 15, wherein the number of the second information domains is related to the number of the first information domains and/or the number of time domain resources included in the configuration in the time domain resource table.
17.根据附记1所述的方法,其中,所述第二信息域的位宽是预定义的和/或由高层信令配置或指示的。17. The method according to
18.根据附记1或17所述的方法,其中,在所述下行控制信息包括多个第二信息域时,不同第二信息域的位宽相同或不同。18. The method according to
19.根据附记17或18所述的方法,其中,所述第二信息域的位宽与相应时域资源表的配置的数量和/或时域资源索引的数量和/或有效的时域资源索引的数量相关。19. The method according to Note 17 or 18, wherein the bit width of the second information field is related to the number of configurations of the corresponding time domain resource table and/or the number of time domain resource indexes and/or the number of valid time domain resource indexes.
20.根据附记1至19任一项所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息中各个信息域的顺序包括:所有第二信息域排列在所有第一信息域之后或之前,或者,所述第二信息域与所述第一信息域交叉排列。20. A method according to any one of
21.根据附记1至20任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息域与所述第二信息域一一对应,或者多个所述第一信息域对应一个所述第二信息域,或者一个所述第一信息域对应多个所述第二信息域。21. A method according to any one of
22.根据附记1至21任一项所述的方法,其中,一个第一信息域指示的波束对应一个时域资源,不同第一信息域指示的波束对应一个第二信息域指示的不同的时域资源,或者,多个第一信息域指示的波束对应同一个时域资源,多个第一信息域中不同第一信息域指示的波束对应不同的频域资源,或者,一个第一信息域指示的波束对应一个第二信息域指示的多个时域资源;或者,22. A method according to any one of
一个第一信息域指示的波束对应一个第二信息域指示的时域资源,不同第一信息域指示的波束对应不同第二信息域指示的时域资源,或者,多个第一信息域指示的波束对应同一个第二信息域指示的时域资源,多个第一信息域中不同第一信息域指示的波束对应不同的频域资源和/或针对所述同一个第二信息域指示的不同的时域资源,或者,一个第一信息域指示的波束对应多个第二信息域指示的时域资源。A beam indicated by a first information field corresponds to a time domain resource indicated by a second information field, beams indicated by different first information fields correspond to time domain resources indicated by different second information fields, or beams indicated by multiple first information fields correspond to the same time domain resource indicated by the second information field, beams indicated by different first information fields in multiple first information fields correspond to different frequency domain resources and/or different time domain resources indicated by the same second information field, or a beam indicated by a first information field corresponds to multiple time domain resources indicated by the second information field.
23.根据附记1至22任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一信息域与所述第二信息域指示的时域资源之间的对应关系根据所述第一信息域在所述下行控制信息中列举的顺序,和/或,第一信息域是否指示了波束或者指示了有效的波束索引或者指示 了波束索引,和/或,所述第二信息域指示的时域资源在时域资源表配置的列举的顺序,和/或,所述第二信息域指示的时域资源在时域上的顺序,和/或,所述第二信息域在所述下行控制信息中列举的顺序,和/或所述第二信息域是否指示了时域资源或者指示了有效的时域资源索引或者指示了时域资源索引,确定。23. A method according to any one of
24.根据附记1至23任一项所述的方法,其中,所有所述第一信息域中有第一数量个第一信息域指示了波束或者指示了有效的波束索引或者指示了波束索引,一个第二信息域指示所述第一数量个时域资源,或者一个第二信息域指示不小于所述第一数量个时域资源。24. A method according to any one of
25.根据附记1至23任一项所述的方法,其中,所有所述第一信息域中有第一数量个第一信息域指示了波束或者指示了有效的波束索引或者指示了波束索引,所有所述第二信息域中有第二数量个第二信息域指示了时域资源或有效的时域资源索引或时域资源索引,所述第二数量等于所述第一数量,或者所述第二数量大于所述第一数量,或者所述第一数量大于所述第二数量。25. A method according to any one of
26.根据附记1至25任一项所述的方法,其中,在第n个第一信息域指示了无效的波束索引或没有指示波束或没有指示波束索引时,第n个第一信息域和/或第n+1及其后的第一信息域被所述转发器忽略,和/或第n及其后的第二信息域被所述转发器忽略,和/或,第n及其后的第二信息域指示无效的时域资源索引或不指示时域资源或不指示时域资源索引。26. A method according to any one of
27.根据附记23至25中任一项所述的方法,其中,在第m个第二信息域指示了无效的时域资源索引或没有指示时域资源或没有指示时域资源索引时,第m个第二信息域和/或第m+1及其后的第二信息域被所述转发器忽略,和/或第m及其后的第一信息域被所述转发器忽略,和/或,第m及其后的第一信息域指示无效的波束索引或不指示波束或不指示波束索引。27. A method according to any one of
28.根据附记1至22任一项所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息的载荷大小由所述下行控制信息中包括的信息域的位宽确定的和/或预定义的和/或由高层信令配置的。28. A method according to any one of
29.根据附记28所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息的载荷大小不小于预定义的或由高层信令配置的最小值且不大于预定义的或由高层信令配置的最大值。29. The method according to Note 28, wherein the payload size of the downlink control information is not less than a minimum value predefined or configured by high-level signaling and is not greater than a maximum value predefined or configured by high-level signaling.
30.根据附记28所述的方法,其中,所述最大值由所述下行控制信息的信息域 的位宽(的最大值)和/或信息域(的最大值)确定。30. The method according to Note 28, wherein the maximum value is determined by the bit width (maximum value) of the information field of the downlink control information and/or (the maximum value of) the information field.
31.根据附记28所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息的载荷大小与第二DCI格式的下行控制信息的载荷大小相同或不同。31. The method according to Note 28, wherein the payload size of the downlink control information is the same as or different from the payload size of the downlink control information in the second DCI format.
32.根据附记31所述的方法,其中,所述第二DCI格式的下行控制信息用于调度PDSCH/PUSCH和/或用于激活/去激活(高层信令提供的)波束配置。32. A method according to Note 31, wherein the downlink control information in the second DCI format is used for scheduling PDSCH/PUSCH and/or for activating/deactivating beam configuration (provided by higher layer signaling).
33.根据附记1至32任一项所述的方法,其中,用于监听所述下行控制信息的一个或多个搜索空间集合中搜索空间关联的CORSET和搜索空间配置在同一BWP或不同BWP。33. A method according to any one of
34.根据附记33所述的方法,其中,用于监听所述下行控制信息的一个或多个搜索空间集合包括CSS sets和/或USS sets。34. The method according to Note 33, wherein the one or more search space sets used to monitor the downlink control information include CSS sets and/or USS sets.
35.根据附记34所述的方法,其中,所述CSS set包括Type3-PDCCH CSS set。35. The method according to Note 34, wherein the CSS set includes Type3-PDCCH CSS set.
36.根据附记34所述的方法,其中,所述网络设备配置所述转发器在Pcell或PScell或Scell上监听所述下行控制信息。36. The method according to Note 34, wherein the network device configures the forwarder to listen to the downlink control information on the Pcell, PScell or Scell.
37.根据附记36所述的方法,其中,用于监听所述下行控制信息的CSS sets和/或USS sets在Pcell上,或者,上述用于监听所述下行控制信息的CSS sets和/或USS sets分别在Pcell或PScell或Scell上。37. The method according to Note 36, wherein the CSS sets and/or USS sets used to monitor the downlink control information are on the Pcell, or the CSS sets and/or USS sets used to monitor the downlink control information are respectively on the Pcell or PScell or Scell.
38.根据附记34所述的方法,其中,用于监听所述下行控制信息的CSS sets和/或USS sets用于或不用于监听不同于所述第一DCI格式的其他DCI格式。38. A method according to Note 34, wherein the CSS sets and/or USS sets used to monitor the downlink control information are used or not used to monitor other DCI formats different from the first DCI format.
39.根据附记1至38任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:39. The method according to any one of
所述网络设备向所述转发器发送搜索空间配置信息,所述搜索空间配置信息包括第四信息域,所述第四信息域用于配置所述转发器监听所述下行控制信息。The network device sends search space configuration information to the forwarder, where the search space configuration information includes a fourth information field, and the fourth information field is used to configure the forwarder to monitor the downlink control information.
40.根据附记39所述的方法,其中,所述第四信息域包括用于配置聚合等级的信息和/或用于配置PDCCH候选数的信息。40. The method according to Note 39, wherein the fourth information field includes information for configuring an aggregation level and/or information for configuring the number of PDCCH candidates.
41.根据附记20所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息中的信息域按照所述顺序依次映射。41. A method according to Note 20, wherein the information fields in the downlink control information are mapped sequentially in the order described.
42.根据附记1至41任一项所述的方法,其中,所述下行控制信息的循环冗余校验CRC使用新的RNTI加扰,所述新的RNTI仅针对转发器配置。42. A method according to any one of
43.根据附记42所述的方法,其中,所述CRC校验位由所述新的RNTI的各个比特位加扰。43. A method according to Note 42, wherein the CRC check bits are scrambled by the individual bits of the new RNTI.
44.根据附记1至43任一项所述的方法,其中,承载所述下行控制信息的PDCCH采用加扰序列进行加扰,所述加扰序列根据第一参数和第二参数初始化,和/或承载所述下行控制信息的PDCCH的DMRS参考信号序列根据第一参数初始化。44. A method according to any one of
45.根据附记44所述的方法,其中,在所述网络设备针对CORESET配置了加扰ID信息时,所述第一参数根据所述加扰ID信息确定;或者,在所述下行控制信息在CSS中发送时,所述网络设备针对CORESET不配置加扰ID信息,所述第一参数根据小区ID确定。45. The method according to Note 44, wherein, when the network device configures scrambling ID information for CORESET, the first parameter is determined according to the scrambling ID information; or, when the downlink control information is sent in the CSS, the network device does not configure scrambling ID information for CORESET, and the first parameter is determined according to the cell ID.
46.根据附记44所述的方法,其中,在所述网络设备针对CORESET配置了加扰ID信息时,所述第二参数由C-RNTI提供;或者,在所述下行控制信息在CSS中发送时,所述网络设备针对CORESET不配置加扰ID信息,所述第二参数为0。46. The method according to Note 44, wherein, when the network device configures scrambling ID information for CORESET, the second parameter is provided by C-RNTI; or, when the downlink control information is sent in the CSS, the network device does not configure scrambling ID information for CORESET, and the second parameter is 0.
47.根据附记1至46任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:47. The method according to any one of
所述网络设备向所述转发器发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括指示所述第一信息域的数量的信息,和/或指示所述第一信息域的位宽的信息,和/或指示所述第二信息域的数量的信息,和/或指示所述第二信息域的位宽的信息,和/或指示下行控制信息的载荷大小的信息,和/或指示所述下行控制信息的CRC使用的RNTI的信息。The network device sends first configuration information to the forwarder, the first configuration information including information indicating the number of the first information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the first information field, and/or information indicating the number of the second information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the second information field, and/or information indicating the payload size of the downlink control information, and/or information indicating the RNTI used by the CRC of the downlink control information.
48.根据附记1至47任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:48. The method according to any one of
所述网络设备接收所述转发器发送的能力信息,所述能力信息包括或不包括用于指示所述转发器是否/如何支持第一DCI格式的第五信息。The network device receives the capability information sent by the forwarder, where the capability information includes or does not include fifth information for indicating whether/how the forwarder supports the first DCI format.
49.根据附记48所述的方法,其中,所述第五信息包括以下信息中的一个或多个:49. The method according to Note 48, wherein the fifth information includes one or more of the following information:
用于指示转发器是否支持第一DCI格式的信息;Information used to indicate whether the forwarder supports the first DCI format;
用于指示转发器是否支持在CSS监听第一DCI格式的DCI的信息;Information used to indicate whether the forwarder supports monitoring DCI of the first DCI format in the CSS;
用于指示转发器是否支持在USS监听第一DCI格式的DCI的信息;Information used to indicate whether the forwarder supports monitoring of DCI in the first DCI format at the USS;
用于指示转发器是否支持动态接入链路波束指示;Used to indicate whether the repeater supports dynamic access link beam indication;
用于指示转发器是否支持动态的边控制信息。Used to indicate whether the forwarder supports dynamic edge control information.
50.根据附记1至47任一项所述的方法,其中,所述转发器默认支持所述第一DCI格式。50. A method according to any one of
51.一种信息接收方法,应用于转发器,其特征在于,所述方法包括:51. An information receiving method, applied to a repeater, characterized in that the method comprises:
转发器接收网络设备发送的下行控制信息,所述下行控制信息是第一DCI格式,所述下行控制信息包括用于指示波束的一个或多个第一信息域,和/或,用于指示时域资源的一个或多个第二信息域,和/或,用于指示子载波间隔的一个或多个第三信息域。The forwarder receives downlink control information sent by a network device, where the downlink control information is in a first DCI format, and includes one or more first information fields for indicating a beam, and/or one or more second information fields for indicating time domain resources, and/or one or more third information fields for indicating a subcarrier spacing.
52.根据附记51所述的方法,其中,所述转发器在一个或多个CORESET监听PDCCH候选集合,所述下行控制信息由所述PDCCH候选集合中的PDCCH候选承载,其中,在所述转发器在USS上监听所述第一DCI格式的所述下行控制信息时,所述PDCCH候选集合的CCE索引与新的RNTI相关。52. A method according to Note 51, wherein the forwarder monitors a PDCCH candidate set in one or more CORESETs, and the downlink control information is carried by a PDCCH candidate in the PDCCH candidate set, wherein when the forwarder monitors the downlink control information in the first DCI format on a USS, the CCE index of the PDCCH candidate set is related to a new RNTI.
53.根据附记51或52所述的方法,其中,所述转发器在被配置了监听第一DCI格式的CSS和/或USS上监听所述第一DCI格式的所述下行控制信息。53. The method according to Note 51 or 52, wherein the forwarder monitors the downlink control information of the first DCI format on a CSS and/or USS configured to monitor the first DCI format.
54.一种信息发送方法,其中,应用于网络设备,所述方法包括:54. A method for sending information, wherein the method is applied to a network device, the method comprising:
所述网络设备向转发器发送搜索空间配置信息,所述搜索空间配置信息包括第四信息域,所述第四信息域用于配置所述转发器监听第一DCI格式的下行控制信息,和/或,The network device sends search space configuration information to the forwarder, where the search space configuration information includes a fourth information field, where the fourth information field is used to configure the forwarder to monitor downlink control information in a first DCI format, and/or,
所述网络设备向转发器发送第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括指示所述第一信息域的数量的信息,和/或指示所述第一信息域的位宽的信息,和/或指示所述第二信息域的数量的信息,和/或指示所述第二信息域的位宽的信息,和/或指示下行控制信息的载荷大小的信息,和/或指示所述下行控制信息的CRC使用的RNTI的信息。The network device sends first configuration information to the forwarder, and the first configuration information includes information indicating the number of the first information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the first information field, and/or information indicating the number of the second information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the second information field, and/or information indicating the payload size of the downlink control information, and/or information indicating the RNTI used by the CRC of the downlink control information.
55.一种信息接收方法,其中,应用于转发器,所述方法包括:55. A method for receiving information, wherein the method is applied to a repeater, the method comprising:
所述转发器接收网络设备发送的搜索空间配置信息,所述搜索空间配置信息包括第四信息域,所述第四信息域用于配置所述转发器监听第一DCI格式的下行控制信息,和/或,The forwarder receives search space configuration information sent by a network device, where the search space configuration information includes a fourth information field, where the fourth information field is used to configure the forwarder to monitor downlink control information in a first DCI format, and/or,
所述转发器接收网络设备发送的第一配置信息,所述第一配置信息包括指示所述第一信息域的数量的信息,和/或指示所述第一信息域的位宽的信息,和/或指示所述第二信息域的数量的信息,和/或指示所述第二信息域的位宽的信息,和/或指示下行控制信息的载荷大小的信息,和/或指示所述下行控制信息的CRC使用的RNTI的信息。The forwarder receives first configuration information sent by a network device, wherein the first configuration information includes information indicating the number of the first information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the first information field, and/or information indicating the number of the second information fields, and/or information indicating the bit width of the second information field, and/or information indicating the payload size of the downlink control information, and/or information indicating the RNTI used by the CRC of the downlink control information.
56.一种信息接收方法,其中,应用于网络设备,所述方法包括:56. A method for receiving information, wherein the method is applied to a network device, the method comprising:
所述网络设备接收转发器发送的能力信息,所述能力信息包括或不包括用于指示 所述转发器是否/如何支持第一DCI格式的第五信息。The network device receives capability information sent by the forwarder, and the capability information includes or does not include fifth information for indicating whether/how the forwarder supports the first DCI format.
57.一种信息发送方法,其中,应用于转发器,所述方法包括:57. A method for sending information, wherein the method is applied to a repeater, the method comprising:
所述转发器向网络设备发送能力信息,所述能力信息包括或不包括用于指示所述转发器是否/如何支持第一DCI格式的第五信息。The forwarder sends capability information to the network device, where the capability information includes or does not include fifth information indicating whether/how the forwarder supports the first DCI format.
58.一种转发器,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器存储有计算机程序,所述处理器被配置为执行所述计算机程序而实现如附记51至53或55或57任一项所述的方法。58. A repeater, comprising a memory and a processor, wherein the memory stores a computer program, and the processor is configured to execute the computer program to implement the method as described in any one of Notes 51 to 53 or 55 or 57.
59.一种网络设备,包括存储器和处理器,所述存储器存储有计算机程序,所述处理器被配置为执行所述计算机程序而实现如附记1至50或54或56任一项所述的方法。59. A network device, comprising a memory and a processor, wherein the memory stores a computer program, and the processor is configured to execute the computer program to implement the method as described in any one of
Claims (20)
Priority Applications (5)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202380089728.3A CN120500895A (en) | 2023-01-09 | 2023-01-09 | Information transmitting method, information receiving method, repeater and network device |
| EP23915269.7A EP4651590A1 (en) | 2023-01-09 | 2023-01-09 | Information sending method, information receiving method, repeater, and network device |
| PCT/CN2023/071455 WO2024148490A1 (en) | 2023-01-09 | 2023-01-09 | Information sending method, information receiving method, repeater, and network device |
| KR1020257021933A KR20250117405A (en) | 2023-01-09 | 2023-01-09 | Methods of transmitting information, methods of receiving information, repeaters and network devices |
| US19/254,201 US20250330999A1 (en) | 2023-01-09 | 2025-06-30 | Information transmission method, information reception method, repeater and network device |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2023/071455 WO2024148490A1 (en) | 2023-01-09 | 2023-01-09 | Information sending method, information receiving method, repeater, and network device |
Related Child Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US19/254,201 Continuation US20250330999A1 (en) | 2023-01-09 | 2025-06-30 | Information transmission method, information reception method, repeater and network device |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2024148490A1 true WO2024148490A1 (en) | 2024-07-18 |
Family
ID=91897568
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2023/071455 Ceased WO2024148490A1 (en) | 2023-01-09 | 2023-01-09 | Information sending method, information receiving method, repeater, and network device |
Country Status (5)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| US (1) | US20250330999A1 (en) |
| EP (1) | EP4651590A1 (en) |
| KR (1) | KR20250117405A (en) |
| CN (1) | CN120500895A (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2024148490A1 (en) |
Citations (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2020029777A1 (en) * | 2018-08-10 | 2020-02-13 | 华为技术有限公司 | Resource configuration method and apparatus |
| US20210218534A1 (en) * | 2018-09-28 | 2021-07-15 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Data transmission method and apparatus |
| US20220053486A1 (en) * | 2020-08-14 | 2022-02-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Control signal design for smart repeater devices |
| WO2022127764A1 (en) * | 2020-12-18 | 2022-06-23 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Information transmission method and apparatus, iab node and network device |
| CN115225131A (en) * | 2021-04-16 | 2022-10-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | Signal forwarding method, relay device and communication system |
| WO2022253993A2 (en) * | 2021-06-02 | 2022-12-08 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. | Remote beam management for network-controlled repeaters |
-
2023
- 2023-01-09 EP EP23915269.7A patent/EP4651590A1/en active Pending
- 2023-01-09 WO PCT/CN2023/071455 patent/WO2024148490A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2023-01-09 CN CN202380089728.3A patent/CN120500895A/en active Pending
- 2023-01-09 KR KR1020257021933A patent/KR20250117405A/en active Pending
-
2025
- 2025-06-30 US US19/254,201 patent/US20250330999A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2020029777A1 (en) * | 2018-08-10 | 2020-02-13 | 华为技术有限公司 | Resource configuration method and apparatus |
| US20210218534A1 (en) * | 2018-09-28 | 2021-07-15 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Data transmission method and apparatus |
| US20220053486A1 (en) * | 2020-08-14 | 2022-02-17 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Control signal design for smart repeater devices |
| WO2022127764A1 (en) * | 2020-12-18 | 2022-06-23 | 维沃移动通信有限公司 | Information transmission method and apparatus, iab node and network device |
| CN115225131A (en) * | 2021-04-16 | 2022-10-21 | 华为技术有限公司 | Signal forwarding method, relay device and communication system |
| WO2022253993A2 (en) * | 2021-06-02 | 2022-12-08 | Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. | Remote beam management for network-controlled repeaters |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| ZTE, SANECHIPS: "Details and evaluation results on beam indication", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #90BIS, R1-1717429, 8 October 2017 (2017-10-08), XP051340618 * |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| EP4651590A1 (en) | 2025-11-19 |
| CN120500895A (en) | 2025-08-15 |
| KR20250117405A (en) | 2025-08-04 |
| US20250330999A1 (en) | 2025-10-23 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US11723004B2 (en) | Configuration method and apparatus for bandwidth part indicator and communication system | |
| CN103069875B (en) | Changing the rate matching mode in the presence of channel state information reference signal transmission | |
| US11122555B2 (en) | Data transmission method, terminal device, and base station system | |
| WO2018192015A1 (en) | Method and device for configuring time-frequency resource transmission direction | |
| CN113273259B (en) | Data transmission method and device | |
| CN111867086B (en) | Communication method and communication device | |
| CN110958698B (en) | Information indication method and device | |
| CN116210299B (en) | Uplink data sending method, device and system | |
| WO2022075483A1 (en) | Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, and communication method | |
| CN117941278A (en) | Beam indication method, device and system for transponder | |
| CN111435892B (en) | Method and device for receiving data | |
| EP3883319A1 (en) | Wireless communication method, terminal device and network device | |
| CN116326045A (en) | Information feedback method and device | |
| US9491725B2 (en) | User equipment and methods for device-to-device communication over an LTE air interface | |
| US20250047545A1 (en) | Method and device for configuring repeater | |
| WO2020143064A1 (en) | Data transmission method and device | |
| WO2023092429A1 (en) | Communication method, apparatus and system | |
| WO2024148490A1 (en) | Information sending method, information receiving method, repeater, and network device | |
| US20250374262A1 (en) | Information transmitting method, information receiving method, repeater and network device | |
| WO2024207536A1 (en) | Information sending method, information receiving method, repeater and network device | |
| WO2024168782A1 (en) | Information sending method, information receiving method, repeater and network device | |
| WO2024031509A1 (en) | Forwarder and transmission method thereof, network device, and communication system | |
| WO2024168775A1 (en) | Beam indication method and apparatus for repeater access link | |
| WO2025166694A1 (en) | Signal transceiving method and apparatus, and communication system | |
| WO2024207537A1 (en) | Information sending method, information receiving method, repeater and network device |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 23915269 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 202380089728.3 Country of ref document: CN |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2025538794 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| WWE | Wipo information: entry into national phase |
Ref document number: 2025538794 Country of ref document: JP |
|
| WWP | Wipo information: published in national office |
Ref document number: 1020257021933 Country of ref document: KR |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| WWP | Wipo information: published in national office |
Ref document number: 202380089728.3 Country of ref document: CN |
|
| WWP | Wipo information: published in national office |
Ref document number: 2023915269 Country of ref document: EP |